R&S FSVA3000 Series User Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. R&S Manuals
  4. Measuring Instruments
  5. FSVA3000 Series
  6. User manual

R&S FSVA3000 Series User Manual

Signal and spectrum analyzer
Hide thumbs Also See for FSVA3000 Series:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
®
R&S
FSVA3000/ R&S
Signal and Spectrum Analyzer
User Manual
(;ÜãD2)
1178852002
®
FSV3000

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the FSVA3000 Series and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for R&S FSVA3000 Series

Summary of Contents for R&S FSVA3000 Series

  • Page 1 ® ® R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Signal and Spectrum Analyzer User Manual (;ÜãD2) 1178852002...
  • Page 2 ® ® This manual applies to the following R&S FSV3000 and R&S FSVA3000 models with firmware version 1.10 and higher: ● ® R&S FSV3004 (1330.5000K04) ● ® R&S FSV3007 (1330.5000K07) ● R&S ® FSV3013 (1330.5000K13) ● ® R&S FSV3030 (1330.5000K30) ●...

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Contents 1 Preface....................15 Key Features........................15 About this Manual....................... 15 Conventions Used in the Documentation..............17 1.3.1 Typographical Conventions...................17 1.3.2 Conventions for Procedure Descriptions...............17 1.3.3 Notes on Screenshots....................17 2 Safety Information................18 3 Documentation Overview..............19 Getting Started Manual....................19 User Manuals and Help....................19 Service Manual......................
  • Page 4 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument..................57 5.3.1 Measuring a Basic Signal....................57 5.3.2 Displaying a Spectrogram..................... 59 5.3.3 Activating Additional Measurement Channels...............61 5.3.4 Performing Sequential Measurements................65 5.3.5 Setting and Moving a Marker..................66 5.3.6 Displaying a Marker Peak List..................67 5.3.7 Zooming into the Display....................68 5.3.8...
  • Page 5 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 7.2.4 Measurement Example – Measuring Levels at Low S/N Ratios......... 128 7.2.5 Measurement Examples - Measuring Signal Spectra with Multiple Signals....131 7.2.6 Measurement Examples in Zero Span................137 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement....143 7.3.1 About Channel Power Measurements................
  • Page 6 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 7.6.8 Reference: SEM File Descriptions................244 Spurious Emissions Measurement................. 251 7.7.1 About the Measurement....................251 7.7.2 Spurious Emissions Measurement Results..............252 7.7.3 Spurious Emissions Basics..................253 7.7.4 Spurious Emissions Measurement Configuration............255 7.7.5 How to Perform a Spurious Emissions Measurement..........261 7.7.6 Reference: ASCII Export File Format (Spurious)............
  • Page 7 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 7.11.3 TOI Results......................... 296 7.11.4 TOI Configuration......................297 7.11.5 How to Determine the Third Order Intercept............... 298 7.11.6 Measurement Example – Measuring the R&S FSV/A's Intrinsic Intermodulation..299 7.12 AM Modulation Depth Measurement............... 301 7.12.1 About the Measurement....................301 7.12.2...
  • Page 8 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration............376 8.5.1 Impact of the Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Settings...........376 8.5.2 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Settings................ 382 8.5.3 Reference: List of Available RRC and Channel Filters..........389 Trigger and Gate Configuration................391 8.6.1 Triggering........................
  • Page 9 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 9.6.3 How to Import Traces....................523 9.6.4 How to Export Trace Data and Numerical Results............524 9.6.5 How to Export a Peak List...................525 9.6.6 Reference: ASCII File Export Format................525 10 Optimizing Measurements..............526 10.1 Minimizing the Measurement Duration..............
  • Page 10 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 12.3.2 Defining Rules......................582 12.3.3 Debugging Rules with the EBA-Journal..............588 12.3.4 Reference: Overview of Available Result-Events............589 12.4 Application Starter....................590 12.4.1 Configuration.......................590 12.4.2 How to Work With the Application Starter..............592 12.5 Transducers.......................592 12.5.1 Basics on Transducer Factors..................592 12.5.2...
  • Page 11 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 12.10.5 Example for a User-Defined Parameter Coupling............641 13 Network and Remote Operation............644 13.1 Remote Control Basics.....................644 13.1.1 Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols..............644 13.1.2 SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments)........653 13.1.3 VISA Libraries......................654 13.1.4 Messages........................654 13.1.5...
  • Page 12 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 13.6.7 How to Set Up Remote Desktop................. 722 13.6.8 How to Start a Remote Control Session from a PC............ 728 13.6.9 How to Return to Manual Operation................729 14 Remote Commands................730 14.1 Conventions Used in SCPI Command Descriptions..........730 14.2 Common Suffixes......................731 14.3...
  • Page 13 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 14.7.3 Configuring the Vertical Axis (Amplitude, Scaling)............898 14.7.4 Configuring Triggered and Gated Measurements............908 14.7.5 Adjusting Settings Automatically................. 919 14.7.6 Configuring the Data Input and Output............... 921 14.8 Analyzing Measurements (Basics)................955 14.8.1 Zooming into the Display.....................955 14.8.2...
  • Page 14 ® ® Contents R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 14.11.5 Controlling the Negative Transition Part..............1155 14.11.6 Controlling the Positive Transition Part..............1156 14.12 Commands for Remote Instrument Operation............. 1156 14.13 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands............1157 14.13.1 Setting up Instrument Emulation................1157 14.13.2 Reference: GPIB Commands of Emulated HP Models..........

  • Page 15: Preface

    ® ® Preface R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 About this Manual 1 Preface 1.1 Key Features The R&S FSV3000 Signal and Spectrum Analyzer and the R&S FSVA3000 Signal and Spectrum Analyzer set standards in RF performance and usability. Key features are: ●...
  • Page 16 ® ® Preface R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 About this Manual The main focus in this manual is on the measurement results and the tasks required to obtain them. The following topics are included: ● Welcome to the R&S FSV/A Introduction to and getting familiar with the instrument ●...

  • Page 17: Conventions Used In The Documentation

    ® ® Preface R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Conventions Used in the Documentation 1.3 Conventions Used in the Documentation 1.3.1 Typographical Conventions The following text markers are used throughout this documentation: Convention Description "Graphical user interface ele- All names of graphical user interface elements on the screen, such as ments"...

  • Page 18: Safety Information

    ® ® Safety Information R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 2 Safety Information The product documentation helps you to use the R&S FSV/A safely and efficiently. Fol- low the instructions provided here and in the printed "Basic Safety Instructions". Keep the product documentation nearby and offer it to other users. Intended use The R&S FSV/A is designated for the development, production and verification of elec- tronic components and devices in industrial, administrative, and laboratory environ-...

  • Page 19: Documentation Overview

    ® ® Documentation Overview R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Service Manual 3 Documentation Overview This section provides an overview of the R&S FSV/A user documentation. Unless specified otherwise, you find the documents on the R&S FSV/A product page at: www.rohde-schwarz.com/product/FSVA3000.html/ www.rohde-schwarz.com/product/FSV3000.html 3.1 Getting Started Manual Introduces the R&S FSV/A and describes how to set up and start working with the product.

  • Page 20: Instrument Security Procedures

    ® ® Documentation Overview R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Release Notes and Open Source Acknowledgment (OSA) The service manual is available for registered users on the global Rohde & Schwarz information system (GLORIS): https://gloris.rohde-schwarz.com 3.4 Instrument Security Procedures Deals with security issues when working with the R&S FSV/A in secure areas. It is available for download on the Internet.

  • Page 21: Application Notes, Application Cards, White Papers, Etc

    ® ® Documentation Overview R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Application Notes, Application Cards, White Papers, etc. 3.8 Application Notes, Application Cards, White Papers, etc. These documents deal with special applications or background information on particu- lar topics. www.rohde-schwarz.com/application/FSV3000 www.rohde-schwarz.com/application/FSVA3000 User Manual 1178.8520.02 ─ 01...

  • Page 22: Welcome To The R&S Fsv/A

    ® ® Welcome to the R&S FSV/A R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 4 Welcome to the R&S FSV/A The R&S FSV/A is a new high-performance Rohde & Schwarz signal and spectrum analyzer developed to meet demanding customer requirements. Offering low phase noise, wide analysis bandwidth and straightforward and intuitive operation, the ana- lyzer makes measurements fast and easy.

  • Page 23: Getting Started

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use 5 Getting Started Note: the following chapters are identical to those in the printed R&S FSV/A Getting Started manual. ● Preparing for Use....................23 ● Instrument Tour....................... 44 ● Trying Out the Instrument..................
  • Page 24 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use Instrument damage caused by electrostatic discharge Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage the electronic components of the instrument and the device under test (DUT). Electrostatic discharge is most likely to occur when you connect or disconnect a DUT or test fixture to the instrument's test ports.
  • Page 25 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use diately contact the carrier who delivered the instrument. Make sure not to discard the box and packing material. Packing material Retain the original packing material. If the instrument needs to be transported or ship- ped later, you can use the material to protect the control elements and connectors.
  • Page 26 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use Risk of injury if feet are folded out The feet can fold in if they are not folded out completely or if the instrument is shifted. Collapsing feet can cause injury or damage the instrument. ●...
  • Page 27 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use Rackmounting The R&S FSV/A can be installed in a rack using a rack adapter kit (order no. see data sheet). The installation instructions are part of the adapter kit. Risk of instrument damage due to insufficient airflow in a rack If you mount several instruments in a rack, you need an efficient ventilation concept to ensure that the instruments do not overheat.
  • Page 28 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use If the instrument temperature exceeds the limit specified in the data sheet, the R&S FSV/A automatically shuts down to protect the instrument from damage. Risk of losing data If you switch off the running instrument using the rear panel switch or by disconnecting the power cord, the instrument loses its current settings.

  • Page 29: Windows Operating System

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use Performing a selftest You do not have to repeat the selftest every time the instrument is switched on. It is only necessary when instrument malfunction is suspected. 1. Press the [SETUP] key. 2.
  • Page 30 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use Risk of rendering instrument unusable The instrument is equipped with the Windows 10 operating system. You can install additional software on the instrument, however, additional software can impair instru- ment function.
  • Page 31 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use ● "Administrator": an administrator account with unrestricted access to the com- puter/domain Some administrative tasks require administrator rights (e.g. the configuration of a LAN network). Refer to the description of the basic instrument setup ([SETUP] menu) to find out which functions are affected.
  • Page 32 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use Switching users when using the automatic login function Which user account is used is defined during login. If automatic login is active, the login window is not displayed. However, you can also switch the user account to be used when the automatic login function is active.

  • Page 33: Connecting Usb Devices

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use This command reactivates automatic login function. It is active the next time the instrument reboots. 5.1.2.4 Accessing the Start Menu The Windows "Start" menu provides access to the Windows 10 functionality and instal- led programs.
  • Page 34 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use If Windows does not find a suitable driver, it prompts you to specify a directory that contains the driver software. If the driver software is on a CD, connect a USB CD-ROM drive to the instrument before proceeding.

  • Page 35: Connecting An External Monitor

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use To install a printer 1. To access the Windows operating system, press the Windows key on the external keyboard. 2. Select "Start > Settings > Devices > Add a printer or scanner". You can load updated and improved driver versions or new drivers from an installation disk, USB memory stick or another external storage medium.

  • Page 36: Setting Up A Network (Lan) Connection

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use 5. If necessary, change the screen resolution. Consider the information in the note above. 6. Select the instrument to be used for display: ● "Display 1": internal monitor only ●...
  • Page 37 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use ● Chapter 5.1.5.1, "Connecting the Instrument to the Network", on page 37 ● Chapter 5.1.5.2, "Assigning the IP Address", on page 38 Note that only user accounts with administrator rights can configure LAN networks. The R&S FSV/A supports the LXI core features.
  • Page 38 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use If the instrument is connected to the LAN, Windows automatically detects the network connection and activates the required drivers. The network card can be operated with a 1 GBit Ethernet IEEE 802.3u interface. 5.1.5.2 Assigning the IP Address Depending on the network capacities, the TCP/IP address information for the instru-...
  • Page 39 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use (See "Using a DNS server to determine the IP address" on page 39 and Chap- ter 5.1.5.3, "Using Computer Names", on page 40). 5. Enter the "IP Address", for example 192.0.2.0. The IP address consists of four number blocks separated by dots.
  • Page 40 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use 5. Tap the entry named "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)" to highlight it. 6. Select the "Properties" button. 7. On the "General" tab, select "Use the following DNS server addresses" and enter your own DNS addresses.

  • Page 41: Configuring The Initial Instrument Settings

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use <Type><variant>-<serial_number> The serial number can be found on the rear panel of the instrument. It is the third part of the device ID printed on the bar code sticker: For example, FSV3007-123456 To change the computer name 1.

  • Page 42: Protecting Data Using The Secure User Mode

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use 2. Press the "Display" softkey. 3. Select the "General" tab in the "Display" dialog box. 4. Press the "Set Date and Time" button to open the standard Windows "Date and Time Properties"...
  • Page 43 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Preparing for Use Storing required data permanently Any data that is to be available for subsequent sessions with the R&S FSV/A must be stored on the instrument permanently, before activating the secure user mode. This includes predefined instrument settings, transducer factors and self-alignment data.

  • Page 44: Instrument Tour

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour The secure user mode setting and automatic login is automatically deactivated when the "Instrument" user logs on. The "SecureUser" is no longer available. For administrators ("Instrument" user), the secure user mode setting is available in the general system configuration settings (see "...
  • Page 45 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour 11 = Headphones connector (AF Out) and volume control (requires option R&S FSV3-B3) 12 = Ext. Mixer IF In connector (requires option R&S FSV3-B21, not yet available) 13 = LO Out / IF In connector (requires option R&S FSV3-B21, not yet available) 14 = Noise Source/ Power Sensor connector 15 = RF Input 50 Ω...
  • Page 46 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour Table 5-1: System keys System key Assigned functions [Preset] Resets the instrument to the default state. Provides basic instrument configuration functions, e.g.: [Setup] ● Reference frequency (external/internal), noise source ● Date, time, display configuration ●...
  • Page 47 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour Figure 5-2: Touchscreen elements 1 = Toolbar with standard application functions, e.g. print, save/open file etc. 2 = Tabs for individual measurement channels 3 = Channel bar for firmware and measurement settings 4 = Input field for measurement setting 5 = Softkeys for function access 6 = Window title bar with diagram-specific (trace) information...
  • Page 48 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour 5.2.1.5 Removable Solid State Drive (SSD) The (optional) removable solid state drive contains all measurement data from the R&S FSV/A, allowing you to store the data securely in an external location. If this option is installed, the firmware is also stored on this drive.
  • Page 49 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour Function key Assigned functions [Marker ->] Used for search functions of the measurement markers (maximum/mini- mum of the trace). Assigns the marker frequency to the center frequency, and the marker level to the reference level.
  • Page 50 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour Type of key Description Unit keys (GHz/-dBm MHz/ Adds the selected unit to the entered numeric value and complete the dBm, kHz/dB and Hz/dB) entry. For level entries (e.g. in dB) or dimensionless values, all units have the value "1"...
  • Page 51 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour Navigation Keys The navigation keys can be used alternatively to the rotary knob to navigate through dialog boxes, diagrams or tables. Arrow Up/Arrow Down Keys The <arrow up> or <arrow down> keys do the following: ●...
  • Page 52 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour 5.2.1.11 EXT MIXER Connector (Optional) Connect external mixers to the EXT MIXER LO OUT/IF IN and IF IN female connectors to increase the available frequency range. These connectors are optional and only available with R&S FSV3-B21 (currently not yet available).

  • Page 53: Rear Panel View

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour 5.2.1.15 RF Input 50 Ohm Connect a device under test (DUT) to the R&S FSV/A to provide RF input which is then analyzed in an RF measurement. Connect the DUT to the "RF Input" on the R&S FSV/A via a cable equipped with an appropriate connector.
  • Page 54 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour 16 = REF In/Out connectors 17 = Trigger 2 (In/Out) connector 18 = Noise Source Control (requires option R&S FSV3-B28V) 5.2.2.1 AC Power Supply Connection and Main Power Switch An AC power supply connector and main power switch are located in a unit on the rear panel of the instrument.
  • Page 55 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour All USB connectors support standard 2.0. 5.2.2.5 Aux. Port The 9-pole SUB-D male connector provides control signals for controlling external devices. The voltage levels are of the TTL type (max. 5 V). Short-circuit hazard Always observe the designated pin assignment.
  • Page 56 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Instrument Tour 5.2.2.10 GPIB Interface The GPIB interface is in compliance with IEEE488 and SCPI. A computer for remote control can be connected via this interface. To set up the connection, a shielded cable is recommended.

  • Page 57: Trying Out The Instrument

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument Warm-up time for OCXO When the instrument is switched on, the OCXO requires an extended warm-up time (see data sheet). 5.2.2.14 External Generator Control Option (R&S FSV3-B10) The external generator control option uses the GPIB and the "AUX control" connectors. The GPIB connector can be used to connect the external generator to the R&S FSV/A.
  • Page 58 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument To display the internal 64 MHz calibration signal 1. Press the [PRESET] key to start out in a defined instrument configuration. 2. Press the [Setup] key on the front panel. 3.

  • Page 59: Displaying A Spectrogram

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument c) In the "Center" field, enter 64 on the number pad on the front panel. d) Press the "MHz" key next to the number pad. 2. Reduce the span to 20 MHz: a) In the "Span"...
  • Page 60 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument Drag the "Spectrogram" icon from the evaluation bar to the diagram area. The blue area indicates that the new diagram would replace the previous spectrum display. Since we do not want to replace the spectrum, drag the icon to the lower half of the display to add an additional window instead.

  • Page 61: Activating Additional Measurement Channels

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-7: Spectrogram of the calibration signal 5.3.3 Activating Additional Measurement Channels The R&S FSV/A features multiple measurement channels, i.e. you can define several measurement configurations in parallel and then switch between the channels auto- matically to perform the measurements sequentially.
  • Page 62 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-8: Adding a new measurement channel 3. Change the frequency range for this spectrum display: In the "Frequency" dialog box, set the center frequency to 500 MHz and the span to 1 GHz.
  • Page 63 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument In the "Frequency" dialog box, set the center frequency to 64 MHz and tap "Zero Span". As the calibration signal does not vary over time, the level versus time diagram dis- plays a straight line.
  • Page 64 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument d) Drag the "Real/Imag (I/Q)" icon from the evaluation bar to the SmartGrid. Figure 5-11: Inserting a Real/Imag diagram for I/Q analysis e) Close the SmartGrid mode. The "IQ Analyzer" channel displays the real and imaginary signal parts in separate windows.

  • Page 65: Performing Sequential Measurements

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-12: The "MultiView" tab 5.3.4 Performing Sequential Measurements Although only one measurement can be performed at any one time, the measurements configured in the active channels can be performed sequentially, that means: one after the other, automatically, either once or continuously.

  • Page 66: Setting And Moving A Marker

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-13: "MultiView" tab with active Sequencer Figure 5-13, the "Spectrum 2" measurement is currently active (indicated by the "channel active" icon in the tab label). 3. Stop the Sequencer by tapping the "Sequencer" softkey again. 5.3.5 Setting and Moving a Marker Markers are useful to determine the position of particular effects in the trace.

  • Page 67: Displaying A Marker Peak List

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument 6. Now you can move the marker by tapping and dragging it to a different position. The current position is indicated by a dotted blue line. Notice how the position and value change in the marker area of the diagram.

  • Page 68: Zooming Into The Display

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument 2. Press the "RUN SINGLE" key on the front panel to perform a single sweep for which we will determine the peaks. Tap the "SmartGrid" icon in the toolbar to activate SmartGrid mode. 4.
  • Page 69 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar. The icon is highlighted orange to indicate that multiple zoom mode is active. 2. Tap the diagram near the first peak and drag your finger to the opposite corner of the zoom area.
  • Page 70 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-17: Zoomed peak with increased number of sweep points Note that the trace becomes much more precise. Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar again and define a zoom area around markers M4, M5 and M6.

  • Page 71: Zooming Into The Display Permanently

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-19: Enlarged zoom window 5.3.8 Zooming into the Display Permanently The zoomed results from Chapter 5.3.7, "Zooming into the Display", on page 68 were only graphical changes to the display. Now we would like to change the measurement settings such that the zoomed result is maintained permanently.
  • Page 72 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument 3. Select the (graphical) zoom icon on the toolbar. Any subsequent touch gestures define the zoom area for the zoom display. 4. Place two fingers on the diagram, to the left and right of the marker, and stretch them apart.
  • Page 73 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument 6. Tap the "Measurement Zoom" icon on the toolbar for a second or so. A context menu with further options is displayed. 7. Select "Adapt Hardware to Zoom (selected diagram)". The span of the measurement is changed, and due to the automatic coupling of the span to the sweep time, RBW and VBW, those values are also changed.

  • Page 74: Saving Settings

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument 5.3.9 Saving Settings To restore the results of our measurements later, we will store the instrument settings to a file. To save the instrument settings to a file Tap the "Save"...

  • Page 75: Printing And Saving Results

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trying Out the Instrument 4. Tap the "Save" button. The file MyMultiViewSetup.dfl is stored in the default directory C:/R_S/ instr/user. To load stored instrument settings You can restore the settings to the instrument at any time using the settings file. 1.

  • Page 76: Operating The Instrument

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument The screenshot is stored to MyMultiViewDisplay.png. Figure 5-21: Screenshot of the current display 5.4 Operating the Instrument This chapter provides an overview on how to work with the R&S FSV/A. It describes: ●...

  • Page 77: Understanding The Display Information

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Risk of touchscreen damage Inappropriate tools or excessive force can damage the touchscreen. Observe the following instructions when operating the touchscreen: ● Never touch the screen with ball point pens or other sharp objects, use your fingers instead.
  • Page 78 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument = Channel bar for firmware and measurement settings 2+3 = Window title bar with diagram-specific (trace) information = Diagram area with marker information = Diagram footer with diagram-specific information, depending on measurement application = Instrument status bar with error messages, progress bar and date/time display Hiding elements in the display You can hide some of the elements in the display, for example the status bar or chan-...
  • Page 79 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument If many tabs are displayed, select the tab selection list icon at the right end of the chan- nel bar. Select the channel you want to switch to from the list. MultiView tab An additional tab labeled "MultiView"...
  • Page 80 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Channel-specific settings Beneath the channel name, information on channel-specific settings for the measure- ment is displayed in the channel bar. Channel information varies depending on the active application. In the Spectrum application, the R&S FSV/A shows the following settings: Table 5-4: Channel settings displayed in the channel bar in the Spectrum application Ref Level Reference level...
  • Page 81 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument The following types of information are displayed, if applicable. Table 5-5: Common settings displayed in the channel bar "SGL" The sweep is set to single sweep mode. "Sweep The current signal count for measurement tasks that involve a specific number of subse- Count"...
  • Page 82 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Changing the Channel Name The measurement channels are labeled with their default name. If that name already exists, a sequential number is added. You can change the name of the measurement channel by double-tapping the name in the channel bar and entering a new name.
  • Page 83 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument (4) Trace Mode Sweep mode: Clrw CLEAR/WRITE MAX HOLD MIN HOLD AVERAGE (Lin/Log/Pwr) View VIEW (5) Smoothing factor Smth Smoothing factor, if enabled. (See " Smoothing " on page 494) Norm/NCor Correction data is not used.
  • Page 84 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Signal count Signal tracking NOIse Noise measurement MDepth AM modulation depth Third order intercept measurement 5.4.1.4 Frequency and Span Information in Diagram Footer The information in the diagram footer (beneath the diagram) depends on the current application, measurement, and result display.
  • Page 85 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Date and time The date and time settings of the instrument are displayed in the status bar. Error messages If errors or irregularities are detected, a keyword and an error message, if available, are displayed in the status bar.

  • Page 86: Accessing The Functionality

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Table 5-7: List of keywords ADC OVLD Overload of the IF signal path in the A/D converter or in the digital IF. ● Increase the reference level. INPUT OVLD The signal level at the RF input connector exceeds the maximum.
  • Page 87 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument 5.4.2.1 Toolbar Standard functions can be performed via the icons in the toolbar at theleft side of the screen. You can hide the toolbar display, e.g. when using remote control, to enlarge the display area for the measurement results ("Setup >...
  • Page 88 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Icon Description Zoom off: displays the diagram in its original size This function only restores graphically zoomed displays. Measurement zooms, for which mea- surement settings were adapted, remain untouched. SmartGrid: activates "SmartGrid"...
  • Page 89 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Recognizing the softkey status by color Color Meaning Orange Associated dialog box is open Blue Associated function is active; for toggle keys: currently active state Gray Instrument function is temporarily not available due to a specific setting or missing option You can hide the softkey display, e.g.

  • Page 90: Entering Data

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Figure 5-23: Context menu for channel bar setting 5.4.2.4 On-screen Keyboard The on-screen keyboard is an additional means of interacting with the instrument with- out having to connect an external keyboard. The on-screen keyboard display can be switched on and off as desired using the "On- Screen Keyboard"...
  • Page 91 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument ● Using the touchscreen, via the on-screen keyboard ● Using other elements provided by the front panel, e.g. the keypad, rotary knob, or navigation keys The rotary knob acts like the [ENTER] key when it is pressed. ●...
  • Page 92 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument 1. In the input field for a numeric value, select the pencil icon to switch to extended data entry mode. 2. Use the left and right arrow keys to scroll through the individual digits of the indica- ted value.
  • Page 93 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument 3. To choose another value provided by this key, press the key again, until your desired value is displayed. 4. With every key stroke, the next possible value of this key is displayed. If all possi- ble values have been displayed, the series starts with the first value again.

  • Page 94: Touchscreen Gestures

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Key name Series of (special) characters and number provided (upper inscription) . * : _ , ; " ' ? ( ) # – <toggles between capital and small letters> 5.4.4 Touchscreen Gestures A touchscreen allows you to interact with the software using various finger gestures on the screen.
  • Page 95 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Figure 5-25: Dragging Pinching and spreading two fingers Move two fingers together on the display (pinch) or move two fingers apart on the dis- play (spread). When you pinch two fingers in the display, you decrease the size of the currently dis- played area, showing the surrounding areas previously out of view.
  • Page 96 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Touch gestures in diagrams change measurement settings When you change the display using touch gestures, the corresponding measurement settings are adapted. This is different to selecting an area on the screen in zoom mode, where merely the resolution of the displayed trace points is changed temporarily (graphical zoom).

  • Page 97: Displaying Results

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Mouse operation Touch operation Drag-&-drop (= click and hold, then drag and Touch, then drag and release release) n.a. (Change hardware settings) Spread and pinch two fingers Mouse wheel to scroll up or down Swipe Dragging scrollbars to scroll up or down, left or right Swipe...
  • Page 98 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument To start a new channel 1. Select the [Mode] key. 2. In the "Mode" dialog box, select the required application on the "New Channel" tab. A new tab is displayed for the new channel. Remote command: on page 737/ INSTrument:CREate[:NEW]...
  • Page 99 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Select the "Close" icon on the tab of the measurement channel. The tab is closed, any running measurements are aborted, and all results for that channel are deleted. Remote command: on page 738 INSTrument:DELete 5.4.5.2...
  • Page 100 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Figure 5-28: Moving a window in SmartGrid mode The brown area indicates the possible "drop area" for the window, i.e. the area in which the window can be placed. A blue area indicates the (approximate) layout of the win- dow as it would be if the icon were dropped at the current position.
  • Page 101 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument SmartGrid functions Once the evaluation icon has been dropped, icons in each window provide delete and move functions. The "Move" icon allows you to move the position of the window, possibly changing the size and position of the other displayed windows.
  • Page 102 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument Remote command: on page 876 / on page 881 LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? LAYout:WINDow<n>:ADD? How to Close a Result Window ► To close a window, activate SmartGrid mode and select the "Delete" icon for the window.
  • Page 103 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument 5.4.5.3 Changing the Size of Windows Each channel tab may contain several windows to evaluate the measurement results using different methods. A "splitter" allows you to change the size of neighboring win- dows.

  • Page 104: Getting Help

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument 5.4.5.5 Changing the Display The display can be optimized for your individual needs. The following display functions are available and are described in detail in Chapter 12.2, "Display Settings", on page 567 and Chapter 9, "Common Analysis and Display Functions",...
  • Page 105 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument a) Select the "Help pointer" icon on the toolbar. The pointer changes its shape to a "?" and an arrow. b) Select the screen element to change the focus. A topic containing information about the selected (now focused) screen element is displayed.

  • Page 106: Remote Control

    ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument 2. Select the "Keyboard" icon besides the entry field. 3. Enter the string you want to find. If you enter several strings with blanks between, topics containing all words are found (same as AND operator).
  • Page 107 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument 5.4.7.1 Using the LXI Browser Interface in a LAN LAN eXtensions for Instrumentation (LXI) is an instrumentation platform for measuring instruments and test systems that is based on standard Ethernet technology. LXI is intended to be the LAN-based successor to GPIB, combining the advantages of Ether- net with the simplicity and familiarity of GPIB.
  • Page 108 ® ® Getting Started R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Operating the Instrument puter. Remote Desktop provides access to all of the applications, files, and network resources of the instrument. Thus, remote operation of the instrument is possible. The Remote Desktop Client is part of the installed Windows operating system. For other versions of Windows, Microsoft offers the Remote Desktop Client as an add-on.

  • Page 109: Applications, Measurement Channels

    ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Available Applications 6 Applications, Measurement Channels The R&S FSV/A allows you to perform all sorts of different analysis tasks on different types of signals, e.g. W-CDMA, I/Q analysis or basic spectrum analysis. Depending on the task or type of signal, a different set of measurement functions and parameters are required.

  • Page 110: Spectrum

    ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Available Applications Spectrum In the Spectrum application the provided functions correspond to those of a conven- tional spectrum analyzer. The analyzer measures the frequency spectrum of the RF input signal over the selected frequency range with the selected resolution and sweep time, or, for a fixed frequency, displays the waveform of the video signal.

  • Page 111: Analog Demodulation

    ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Available Applications Remote command: INST:SEL AMPL, see on page 739 INSTrument[:SELect] Analog Demodulation The Analog Demodulation application requires an instrument equipped with the corre- sponding optional software. This application provides measurement functions for demodulating AM, FM, or PM signals.

  • Page 112: R&S Multiview

    ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 R&S MultiView Phase Noise The Phase Noise application requires an instrument equipped with the Phase Noise Measurements option, R&S FSV3-K40. This application provides measurements for phase noise tests. For details see the R&S FSV3-K40 User Manual. Remote command: INST:SEL PNOISE, see on page 739...

  • Page 113: Selecting The Applications

    ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Selecting the Applications Remote command: on page 875 DISPlay:FORMat 6.3 Selecting the Applications Access: [MODE] User Manual 1178.8520.02 ─ 01...
  • Page 114 ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Selecting the Applications The default application is a Spectrum measurement. Switching between applications When you switch to a new application, a set of parameters is passed on from the cur- rent application to the new one: ●...

  • Page 115: Running A Sequence Of Measurements

    ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Running a Sequence of Measurements surement channel by double-tapping the name in the channel bar and entering a new name. For an overview of default names see on page 738. INSTrument:LIST? Remote command: on page 739 INSTrument[:SELect]...

  • Page 116: The Sequencer Concept

    ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Running a Sequence of Measurements 6.4.1 The Sequencer Concept The instrument can only activate one specific channel at any time. Thus, only one measurement can be performed at any time, namely the one in the currently active channel.
  • Page 117 ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Running a Sequence of Measurements Example: Sequencer procedure Assume the following active channel definition: Tab name Application Sweep mode Sweep count Spectrum Spectrum Cont. Sweep Spectrum 2 Spectrum Single Sweep Spectrum 3 Spectrum Cont.

  • Page 118: Sequencer Settings

    ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Running a Sequence of Measurements The "Single Sweep" and "Continuous Sweep" softkeys control the sweep mode for the currently selected channel only; the sweep mode only has an effect the next time the Sequencer activates that channel, and only for a channel-defined sequence.
  • Page 119 ® ® Applications, Measurement Channels R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Running a Sequence of Measurements 2. In the toolbar, select the "Sequencer" icon. The "Sequencer" menu is displayed. 3. Toggle the "Sequencer" softkey to "On" . A continuous sequence is started immediately. 4.

  • Page 120: Measurements And Results

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 7 Measurements and Results Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" Or: [MEAS] In the Spectrum application, the R&S FSV/A provides a variety of different measure- ment functions. ● Basic measurements - measure the spectrum of your signal or watch your signal in time domain ●...

  • Page 121: Auto Measurements

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Auto Measurements ● Harmonic Distortion Measurement................285 ● Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement............291 ● AM Modulation Depth Measurement..............301 7.1 Auto Measurements Auto measurements allow you to perform frequently required measurements with mini- mal configuration efforts.

  • Page 122: Basic Measurements

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Restrictions and conditions The following conditions and restrictions apply to auto measurements: ● The currently configured center frequency or start or stop frequencies are ignored ● Search limits are not taken into account ●...

  • Page 123: How To Perform A Basic Sweep Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements See also Chapter 7.1, "Auto Measurements", on page 121. Remote command: on page 889, [SENSe:]FREQuency:STARt [SENSe:]FREQuency:STOP on page 889 on page 747 INITiate<n>[:IMMediate] on page 746 INITiate<n>:CONTinuous Zero Span A sweep in the time domain at the specified (center) frequency, i.e.
  • Page 124 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements To perform a basic sweep automatically ► Select [Auto Set] > "Auto All". The R&S FSV/A configures the measurement according to the RF input signal and immediately starts the selected measurement. If the auto measurement does not provide the expected results, configure the mea- surement manually as described next.

  • Page 125: Measurement Examples - Measuring A Sinusoidal Signal

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements After each sweep is completed, a new one is started automatically. While the mea- surement is running, the [RUN CONT] key is highlighted. To stop the measure- ment, press the [RUN CONT] key again. The key is no longer highlighted. The results are not deleted until a new measurement is started.
  • Page 126 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Note: Coupled settings. When the frequency span is defined, the resolution band- width, the video bandwidth and the sweep time are automatically adjusted, because these functions are defined as coupled functions in the presettings. 5.
  • Page 127 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Reducing the reference level by 30 dB ► Set the reference level to -30 dBm. The maximum of the trace is near the maximum of the measurement diagram. The increase in the displayed noise is not substantial.

  • Page 128: Measurement Example - Measuring Levels At Low S/N Ratios

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements 7. If necessary, increase the resolution of the signal counter by selecting "Signal Count Resolution" (in the "Signal Count" menu). Prerequisites for using the internal signal counter In order to obtain a correct result when measuring the frequency with the internal sig- nal counter, an RF sinusoidal signal or a spectral line must be available.
  • Page 129 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Figure 7-1: Sine wave signal with low S/N ratio 5. To suppress noise spikes, average the trace. In the "Traces" configuration dialog, set the "Trace Mode" to "Average" (see "...
  • Page 130 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements 6. Instead of trace averaging, you can select a video filter that is narrower than the resolution bandwidth. Set the trace mode back to "Clear/ Write" , then set the VBW to 10 kHz manually in the "Bandwidth"...

  • Page 131: Measurement Examples - Measuring Signal Spectra With Multiple Signals

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Figure 7-4: Reference signal at a smaller resolution bandwidth 7.2.5 Measurement Examples - Measuring Signal Spectra with Multiple Signals ● Separating Signals by Selecting the Resolution Bandwidth......... 131 ● Measuring the Modulation Depth of an AM-Modulated Carrier in the Frequency Domain........................135 ●...
  • Page 132 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Figure 7-5: Test setup Table 7-3: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Level Frequency Signal generator 1 -30 dBm 128,00 MHz Signal generator 2 -30 dBm 128,03 MHz 1. Select [PRESET] to reset the instrument. 2.
  • Page 133 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Figure 7-6: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with the resolution band- width which corresponds to the frequency spacing of the signals Matching generator and R&S FSV/A frequencies The level drop is located exactly in the center of the display only if the generator frequencies match the frequency display of the R&S FSV/A exactly.
  • Page 134 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Figure 7-7: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with a resolution band- width which is larger than their frequency spacing 6. Set the resolution bandwidth to 1 kHz. The two generator signals are shown with high resolution.
  • Page 135 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements 7.2.5.2 Measuring the Modulation Depth of an AM-Modulated Carrier in the Frequency Domain In the frequency range display, the AM side bands can be resolved with a narrow bandwidth and measured separately. The modulation depth of a carrier modulated with a sinusoidal signal can then be measured.
  • Page 136 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Figure 7-10: Measurement of the AM modulation depth The modulation depth is displayed as "MDepth" . The frequency of the AF signal can be obtained from the frequency display of the delta marker. 7.2.5.3 Measuring AM-Modulated Signals The R&S FSV/A rectifies the RF input signal (that is, removes the negative parts) and...

  • Page 137: Measurement Examples In Zero Span

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements 3. Set the frequency span to 0 Hz or select "Zero Span" . 4. Set the sweep time to 2.5 ms. 5. Set the reference level to 6 dBm and the display range to linear ([AMPT] > "Scale Config"...
  • Page 138 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements same frequency. Smooth operation is ensured only if all users adhere exactly to their assigned timeslots. Both the power during the send phase as well as the timing and duration of the TDMA burst, and rise and fall times of the burst, are important.
  • Page 139 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements 9. Activate power measurement within the activation phase of the burst in zero span. a) Press the [MEAS] key. b) Select "Time Domain Power" . c) Select "Time Dom Power Config" . d) Set the "Limits"...
  • Page 140 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Table 7-7: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Frequency 890 MHz Level 0 dBm Modulation GSM, one timeslot activated The measurement is based on the example "Measuring the Power of a GSM Burst During the Activation Phase"...
  • Page 141 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements Figure 7-17: Falling edge of the GSM burst displayed with high time resolution 7.2.6.2 Measuring the Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Burst Signals When TDMA transmission methods are used, the signal-to-noise ratio or the dynamic range for deactivation can be measured by comparing the power values during the activation phase and the deactivation phase of the transmission burst.
  • Page 142 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Basic Measurements 5. Set the reference level to 0 dBm (= level of the signal generator). 6. Set the sweep time to 2 ms ([SWEEP] > "Sweep Time Manual" ). The R&S FSV/A shows the GSM burst continuously across the display. 7.

  • Page 143: Channel Power And Adjacent-Channel Power (Aclr) Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement 10. Note down the power result for the measured noise, indicated by the "TD Pow RMS" result in the marker table. Subtract the measured noise power from the burst power to obtain the signal-to- noise ratio of the burst signal.

  • Page 144: Channel Power Results

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement The R&S FSV/A software allows you to perform ACLR measurements on input con- taining multiple signals for different communication standards. A measurement stan- dard is provided that allows you to define multiple discontiguous transmit channels at specified frequencies, independent from the selected center frequency.
  • Page 145 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Table 7-9: Measurements performed depending on the number of adjacent channels Number Measurement results of adj. chan. Channel powers ● Channel powers ● Power of the upper and lower adjacent channel ●...

  • Page 146: Channel Power Basics

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement this case, the measured power value for each sweep point (by default 1001) is returned. For a full list of remote commands for ACLR measurements, see Chapter 14.5.3.9, "Retrieving and Analyzing Measurement Results",...
  • Page 147 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Figure 7-20: Approximating the channel filter by sweeping with a small resolution bandwidth The following steps are performed: 1. The linear power of all the trace points within the channel is calculated. = 10 (Li/10) Where P...
  • Page 148 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Figure 7-21: Measuring the channel power and adjacent channel power ratio for CDMA2000 signals with zero span (Fast ACLR) 7.3.3.2 Measurement Repeatability The repeatability of the results, especially in the narrow adjacent channels, strongly depends on the measurement time for a given resolution bandwidth.
  • Page 149 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Figure 7-22: Repeatability of adjacent channel power measurement on CDMA2000 standard signals if the integration bandwidth method is used Figure 7-23 shows the repeatability of power measurements in the transmit chan- nel and of relative power measurements in the adjacent channels as a function of sweep time.
  • Page 150 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement All instrument settings for the selected channel setup (channel bandwidth, channel spacing) can be optimized automatically using the "Adjust Settings" function (see "Opti- mized Settings ( Adjust Settings )" on page 163).
  • Page 151 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement The "Sweep Time" can be defined using the softkey in the "Ch Power" menu or in the "Sweep" configuration dialog box (see " Sweep Time " on page 163).
  • Page 152 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement You can optimize the resolution bandwidth for the defined channel settings. Use the "Adjust Settings" function in the "Ch Power" menu or the "General Settings" tab of the "ACLR Setup"...
  • Page 153 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement = power represented by a measurement point When the power has been calculated, the power units are converted into decibels and the value is displayed as a measurement point. In principle, the sample detector would be possible as well.
  • Page 154 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement those in the lower gap, but inverted. To either side of the outermost transmit channels, lower and upper adjacent channels can be defined as in common ACLR measurement setups.
  • Page 155 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement As opposed to common ACLR channel definitions, the Tx channels are defined at absolute frequencies, rather than by a spacing relative to the (common) center fre- quency.
  • Page 156 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement left of the gap. The ACLR power of the upper gap channels refers to the TX channel to the right of the gap. A separate relative limit value can be defined for the ACLR power. Adjacent channels Adjacent channels are defined as in common ACLR measurements using bandwidths and spacings, relative to the uppermost or lowermost transmit channels in the sub...

  • Page 157: Channel Power Configuration

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement The gap channels can be hidden if they do not reach a minimum size, or deactivated entirely. This enhances the result display, as fewer lines and bars are displayed. If gap channels are deactivated, the power results are not calculated and thus are not shown in the Result Summary table.
  • Page 158 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Both Channel Power (CP) and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) measurements are available. If the "Multi-Standard Radio" standard is selected (see " Standard " on page 159), the "ACLR Setup"...
  • Page 159 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 14.5.3, "Measuring the Channel Power and ACLR", on page 752. ● General CP/ACLR Measurement Settings............159 ●...
  • Page 160 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Remote command: on page 752 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:PRESet User Standards ← Standard Access: "CP / ACLR Config" > "General Settings" tab > "Manage User Standards" Note: User standards created on an analyzer of the R&S FSP family are compatible to the R&S FSV/A.
  • Page 161 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement For more information on how the number of channels affects the measured powers, Chapter 7.3.2, "Channel Power Results", on page 144. Remote command: Number of Tx channels: on page 757 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt Number of Adjacent channels:...
  • Page 162 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Fast ACLR If activated, instead of using the IBW method, the R&S FSV/A sets the center fre- quency to the different channel center frequencies consecutively and measures the power with the selected measurement time (= sweep time/number of channels).
  • Page 163 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Setting a fixed reference for Channel Power measurements ( Set CP Reference ) If only one Tx channel and no adjacent channels are defined, the currently measured channel power can be used as a fixed reference value for subsequent channel power measurements.
  • Page 164 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement In addition to the specific channel settings, the general settings " Standard " on page 159 and " Number of channels: Tx , Adj " on page 160 are also available in this tab.
  • Page 165 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Remote command: on page 755 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth[:CHANnel<ch>] on page 754 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth:ACHannel on page 755 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth:ALTernate<ch> Channel Spacings Channel spacings are normally defined by the transmission standard but can be changed.
  • Page 166 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement The results of the power limit checks are also indicated in the STAT:QUES:ACPL sta- tus registry (see "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register" on page 673). Remote command: on page 765 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower[:STATe] on page 761...

  • Page 167: Msr Aclr Configuration

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Remote command: on page 755 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:NAME:ACHannel on page 755 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:NAME:ALTernate<ch> on page 756 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:NAME:CHANnel<ch> 7.3.5 MSR ACLR Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Channel Power ACLR" > "CP / ACLR Standard"...
  • Page 168 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Standard ........................168 └ Predefined Standards .................. 168 └ User Standards .................... 169 Number of Sub Blocks ....................169 Reference Channel ....................170 Noise Cancellation .....................
  • Page 169 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement ● Weighting Filter Predefined standards can be selected via the "CP / ACLR Standard" softkey in the "Ch Power" menu or in the "General Settings" tab of the "CP / ACLR Config" dialog box. For details on the available standards, see Chapter 7.3.9, "Reference: Predefined CP/ ACLR...
  • Page 170 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Remote command: on page 768 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SBCount Reference Channel The measured power values in the adjacent channels can be displayed relative to the transmission channel. If more than one Tx channel is defined, define which one is used as a reference channel.
  • Page 171 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement "Abs" The absolute power in the adjacent channels is displayed in the unit of the y-axis, e.g. in dBm, dBµV. "Rel" The level of the adjacent channels is displayed relative to the level of the transmission channel in dBc.
  • Page 172 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement If disabled, the upper and lower channels can be configured differently. This is particu- larly useful if the lowest Tx channel and highest Tx channel use different standards and thus require different bandwidths for adjacent channel power measurement.
  • Page 173 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement For details on MSR signals, see Chapter 7.3.3.4, "Measurement on Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) Signals", on page 153. For details on setting up channels, see Chapter 7.3.6.3, "How to Configure an MSR ACLR Measurement",...
  • Page 174 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement The Tx channel settings for the individual sub blocks are configured in individual sub- tabs of the "Tx Channel Settings" tab. For details on configuring MSR Tx channels, see Chapter 7.3.6.3, "How to Configure an MSR ACLR Measurement",...
  • Page 175 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Remote command: Activating/Deactivating: [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:SBLock<sb>:CHANnel<ch> on page 768 Alpha value: [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:SBLock<sb>:CHANnel<ch> on page 767 7.3.5.3 MSR Adjacent Channel Setup Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Channel Power ACLR" > "CP / ACLR Standard"...
  • Page 176 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement For details on setting up channels, see Chapter 7.3.6.3, "How to Configure an MSR ACLR Measurement", on page 183. Number of Adjacent Channels ( Adj Count )...............
  • Page 177 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Adjacent Channel Bandwidths ← Adjacent Channel Definition The adjacent channel bandwidth is normally predefined by the transmission technology standard. The correct bandwidth is set automatically for the selected technology. The bandwidth for each channel is indicated by a colored bar in the display.
  • Page 178 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement on page 761 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative] CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>:ABSolute:STATe on page 763 on page 763 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>:ABSolute CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>[:RELative]:STATe on page 765 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>[:RELative] on page 764 on page 762 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult? 7.3.5.4 MSR Gap Channel Setup Access: "Overview"...
  • Page 179 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement └ Gap Channel Bandwidths ................180 └ Weighting Filters ..................180 └ Limit Checking ..................... 180 Activate Gaps If enabled, the gap channels are displayed and channel power results are calculated and displayed in the Result Summary.
  • Page 180 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Gap Channel Bandwidths ← Gap Channel Definition The gap channel bandwidth is normally predefined by the transmission technology standard. The correct bandwidth is set automatically for the selected technology. The bandwidth for each channel is indicated by a colored bar in the display (if the gap is not too narrow, see "Channel display for MSR signals"...

  • Page 181: How To Perform Channel Power Measurements

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Channel names for all TX, adjacent, and alternate channels are user-definable. In the "Names" tab, you can define a customized name for each channel in each sub block.
  • Page 182 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement For remote operation, see Chapter 14.5.3.10, "Programming Examples for Channel Power Measurements", on page 784. ● How to Perform a Standard Channel Power Measurement........182 ●...
  • Page 183 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement ● Optionally: the influence of individual channels on the total measurement result ( "Weighting Filter" ) ● Optionally: limits for a limit check on the measured power levels Changes to an existing standard can be stored as a user-defined standard, see Chap- ter 7.3.6.4, "How to Manage User-Defined...
  • Page 184 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement 3. Select the "CP / ACLR Standard" softkey. 4. Select the "Multi-Standard Radio" standard from the list. 5. Select the "CP / ACLR Config" softkey to configure general MSR settings, including the number of sub blocks (up to 5).
  • Page 185 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement 11. If power limits are defined and activated, activate global limit checking for the mea- surement on the "MSR General Settings" tab. 12. Optionally, store the settings for the MSR ACLR measurement as a user-defined standard as described in "To store a user-defined configuration"...

  • Page 186: Measurement Examples

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement 7.3.6.5 How to Compare the Tx Channel Power in Successive Measurements For power measurements with only one Tx channel and no adjacent channels, you can define a fixed reference power and compare subsequent measurement results to the stored reference power.
  • Page 187 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW): Frequency: 850 MHz Level: 0 dBm Modulation: CDMA2000 Procedure: 1. Preset the R&S FSV/A. 2. Set the center frequency to 850 MHz. 3.
  • Page 188 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Figure 7-30: Adjacent channel power measurement on a CDMA2000 signal 7.3.7.2 Measurement Example 2 – Measuring Adjacent Channel Power of a W-CDMA Uplink Signal Test setup: Signal R&S FSW...
  • Page 189 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement The R&S FSV/A sets the channel configuration to the W-CDMA standard for mobiles with two adjacent channels above and below the transmit channel. The frequency span, the resolution and video bandwidth and the detector are automati- cally set to the correct values.
  • Page 190 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Figure 7-32: Dynamic range for ACLR measurements on W-CDMA uplink signals as a function of the mixer level The level of the W-CDMA signal at the input mixer is shown on the horizontal axis, i.e. the measured signal level minus the selected RF attenuation.
  • Page 191 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement 7.3.7.3 Measurement Example 3 – Measuring the Intrinsic Noise of the R&S FSV/A with the Channel Power Function Noise in any bandwidth can be measured with the channel power measurement func- tions.

  • Page 192: Optimizing And Troubleshooting The Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Figure 7-33: Measurement of the R&S FSV/A's intrinsic noise power in a 1.23 MHz channel band- width. 7.3.8 Optimizing and Troubleshooting the Measurement If the results do not meet your expectations, or if you want to minimize the measure- ment duration, try the following methods to optimize the measurement: ●...

  • Page 193: Reference: Predefined Cp/Aclr Standards

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement 7.3.9 Reference: Predefined CP/ACLR Standards When using predefined standards for ACLR measurement, the test parameters for the channel and adjacent-channel measurements are configured automatically. You can select a predefined standard via the "CP / ACLR Standard"...

  • Page 194: Reference: Predefined Aclr User Standard Xml Files

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Standard Remote parameter APCO-25 P2 PAPCo25 5G NR DL FR1 20MHz F1D20nr5g 5G NR DL FR1 100MHz F1D100nr5g 5G NR UL FR1 20MHz F1U20nr5g 5G NR UL FR1 100MHz F1U100nr5g 5G NR DL FR2 100MHz...

  • Page 195: Carrier-To-Noise Measurements

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Carrier-to-Noise Measurements ● LTE\UL\LTE_UL_15MHZ.XML ● LTE\UL\LTE_UL_20MHZ.XML WLAN ● WLAN\802_11ac\802_11ac_20MHZ.XML ● WLAN\802_11ac\802_11ac_40MHZ.XML ● WLAN\802_11ac\802_11ac_80MHZ.XML ● WLAN\802_11ac\802_11ac_160MHZ.XML To load a stored measurement configuration, in the "General Settings" tab of the "ACLR Setup" dialog box, select the "Manage User Standards" button to display the "Manage"...

  • Page 196: Carrier-To-Noise Results

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Carrier-to-Noise Measurements Measurement process Depending on whether the carrier is inside or outside the analyzed channel, the mea- surement process for the carrier-to-noise ratio varies: ● The carrier is outside the analyzed channel: In this case, it is sufficient to switch on the desired measurement function and to set the channel bandwidth.

  • Page 197: Carrier-To-Noise Configuration

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Carrier-to-Noise Measurements Remote command: You can also query the determined carrier-to-noise ratio via the remote command CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CN or CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CN0, see on page 749. CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:RESult? 7.4.3 Carrier-to-Noise Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "C/N" / "C/N0" > "Carrier Noise Config" Both a carrier-to-noise ratio (C/N) and a carrier-to-noise ratio in relation to the band- width (C/N ) measurement are available.

  • Page 198: How To Determine The Carrier-To-Noise Ratio

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Carrier-to-Noise Measurements Switches the measurement of the carrier/noise ratio on or off. If no marker is active, marker 1 is activated. The measurement is performed on the trace that marker 1 is assigned to. To shift marker 1 and measure another trace, use the "Marker To Trace"...

  • Page 199: Occupied Bandwidth Measurement (Obw)

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement (OBW) 1. Press the "C/N" , "C/N0" softkey to configure the carrier-to-noise ratio measure- ment. 2. To change the channel bandwidth to be analyzed, press the "Channel Bandwidth" softkey.
  • Page 200 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement (OBW) OBW within defined search limits - multicarrier OBW measurement in one sweep The occupied bandwidth of the signal can also be determined within defined search limits instead of for the entire signal. Thus, only a single sweep is required to determine the OBW for a multicarrier signal.

  • Page 201: Obw Results

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement (OBW) Auto measurement Use the Auto All function to determine the required measurement parameters automat- ically, see "Auto measurement" on page 202. 7.5.2 OBW Results As a result of the OBW measurement the occupied bandwidth ( "Occ Bw" ) is indicated in the marker results.

  • Page 202: Obw Configuration

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement (OBW) 7.5.3 OBW Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "OBW" > "OBW Config" This measurement is not available in zero span. Configuring search limits for OBW measurement The OBW measurement uses the same search limits as defined for marker search (see "...
  • Page 203 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement (OBW) The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 14.5.5, "Measuring the Occupied Bandwidth", on page 789. % Power Bandwidth ....................203 Channel Bandwidth ....................

  • Page 204: How To Determine The Occupied Bandwidth

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement (OBW) For details on limit lines for searches, see "Peak search limits" on page 459. Remote command: on page 990 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] on page 991 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:LEFT on page 991 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:RIGHt Deactivating All Search Limits Deactivates the search range limits.

  • Page 205: Measurement Example

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement (OBW) 4. Define the percentage of power ( "% Power Bandwidth" ) that defines the band- width to be determined. 5. Define search limits so the search area contains only the first carrier signal: a) Enter values for the left or right limits, or both.

  • Page 206: Spectrum Emission Mask (Sem) Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement 12. Start a sweep. The result is displayed as OBW in the marker results. 7.6 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) measurements monitor compliance with a spectral mask.

  • Page 207: Sem Results

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement The 3GPP TS 34.122 standard, for example, defines a mask for emissions outside the transmission channel. This mask is defined relative to the input signal power. Three frequency ranges to each side of the transmission channel are defined.
  • Page 208 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement In addition to the graphical results of the SEM measurement displayed in the diagram, a result summary is displayed to evaluate the limit check results (see also Chap- ter 7.6.4.2, "Limit Lines in SEM Measurements",...
  • Page 209 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Figure 7-35: Detected peak display in SEM measurement Furthermore, you can export the results of the result summary to a file which can be exported to another application for further analysis. Results for SEM with multiple sub blocks In the Spectrum application only, spectrum emissions can be measured for multiple sub blocks of channels (see...

  • Page 210: Sem Basics

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Retrieving results via remote control The measurement results of the spectrum emission mask test can be retrieved using the CALC:LIM:FAIL? command from a remote computer; see CALCulate<n>: on page 1055 for a detailed description.
  • Page 211 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement For details on defining the limits (masks), see Chapter 7.6.4.2, "Limit Lines in SEM Measurements", on page 212. Range definition After a preset, the sweep list contains a set of default ranges and parameters. For each range, you can change the parameters listed above.
  • Page 212 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement minimum values. If the total number of sweep points is not enough to satisfy the mini- mum sweep point requirements in all ranges, the R&S FSV/A adjusts the global num- ber of Sweep Points accordingly.
  • Page 213 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement The indicated limit line depends on the settings in the "Sweep List" . Several types of limit checks are possible: Table 7-11: Limit check types Limit check type Pass/fail criteria Limit line definition "Absolute"...
  • Page 214 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Relative limit line functions A new function allows you to define limit lines whose start or end points (or both) are variable, depending on the carrier power. Thus, the resulting limit line can change its slope within the range, depending on the carrier power.
  • Page 215 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement – "Sweep Time Mode" – "Reference Level" – "RF Attenuation Mode" – "RF Attenuation" – "Preamplifier" Activating Fast SEM mode "Fast SEM" mode is activated in the sweep list (see Chapter 7.6.5.1, "...
  • Page 216 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Example Figure 7-37: Sweep list using Fast SEM mode Figure 7-37, a sweep list is shown for which Fast SEM is activated. The formerly five separately defined ranges are combined to two sweep ranges internally. 7.6.4.4 Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) SEM Measurements Multi-standard radio (MSR) measurements allow you to perform SEM tests on signals...
  • Page 217 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement In the overlapping masks, multi-limit lines are calculated. Up to three sub blocks (with two gaps) can be defined. For each sub block, the familiar configuration settings con- cerning ranges, limit lines etc.
  • Page 218 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement ● For other ranges, only the limit lines defined for ranges between the carriers, that is the reference ranges to either side, are significant. In other words: if a limit line def- inition covers the frequency area of several carriers, only the limit lines for ranges between the corresponding reference range and the next closest reference range are significant.
  • Page 219 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Different RBWs in overlapping ranges If different RBWs are defined for the overlapping ranges, the following parameters from the range with the smaller RBW are considered for both ranges: ●...

  • Page 220: Sem Configuration

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Figure 7-39: Summarized limit line for multiple sub blocks 7.6.5 SEM Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Spectrum Emission Mask" The SEM measurement is started immediately with the default settings. Auto measurement Use the Auto All...

  • Page 221: Sweep List

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Multi-SEM configuration In the Spectrum application application only, spectrum emissions can be measured for multiple sub blocks of channels (see Chapter 7.6.4.5, "SEM with Multiple Sub Blocks ("Multi-SEM")", on page 216).
  • Page 222 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Range Start / Range Stop ..................222 Fast SEM ........................223 Filter Type ........................223 ...........................223 ........................... 223 Sweep Time Mode ..................... 223 Sweep Time ....................... 224 Ref Level ........................
  • Page 223 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement To change the start/stop frequency of the first or last range, respectively, select the appropriate span in the [SPAN] configuration dialog. You can set a span that is smaller than the overall span of the ranges.
  • Page 224 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement For details on the sweep time mode, see Chapter 8.5.1.7, "How Long the Data is Mea- sured: Sweep Time ", on page 381 Remote command: on page 807 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO Sweep Time Sets the sweep time value for the range.
  • Page 225 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Remote command: on page 807 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:TRANsducer Limit Check <n> Sets the type of limit check for the n-th power class in the range. Up to four limits are possible.
  • Page 226 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STARt: on page 802 FUNCtion [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STOP:FUNCtion on page 804 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STARt:ABS on page 802 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STOP:ABS on page 803 Multi-Limit Calc <n> Defines the function used to calculate the limit line for the n-th power class for overlap- ping ranges in Multi-SEM measurements.

  • Page 227: Multi-Sem (Sub Block) Settings

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement ● Inserting ranges: a symmetrical range is inserted on the other side of the reference range ● Deleting ranges: the symmetrical range on the other side of the reference range is also deleted ●...

  • Page 228: Reference Range

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Sub Block / Center Freq Defines the center frequency for an individual sub block. The center frequency deter- mines the reference range used for each block. For measurements with only one sub block, this setting corresponds to the global set- ting in the "Frequency"...
  • Page 229 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Power Reference Type ....................229 Channel Power Settings .....................229 └ Tx Bandwidth ....................229 └ RRC Filter State ...................230 └ Alpha: ......................230 Power Reference Type Defines how the reference power is calculated. "Channel Power"...

  • Page 230: Power Classes

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement RRC Filter State ← Channel Power Settings Activates or deactivates the use of an RRC filter. Remote command: on page 809 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] Alpha: ← Channel Power Settings Sets the alpha value of the RRC filter (if activated).

  • Page 231: Msr Settings

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Remote command: CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>[:EXCLusive] on page 812 To define all limits in one step: CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>:LIMit[:STATe] on page 813 PMin / PMax Defines the power limits for each power class. The first range always starts at -200 dBm (-INF) and the last range always stops at 200 dBm (+INF).
  • Page 232 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Band Category ......................232 Base Station Class .....................232 Base Station Maximum Output Power ............... 233 Bands ......................... 233 Base Station RF Bandwidth ..................233 Carrier Adjacent to RF Bandwidth Edge ..............
  • Page 233 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Remote command: on page 817 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:MSR:CLASs Base Station Maximum Output Power Defines the maximum output power of the base station. Possible values are from 0 dBm to 100 dBm in 1 dB steps. This setting is only available for base stations with a medium range Base Station Class...

  • Page 234: Standard Files

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement This setting is required to calculate the SEM limits according to standard 3GPP 37.141 V12.2.0. Remote command: on page 818 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:MSR:GSM:CARRier Apply to SEM Configures the SEM sweep list according to the specified MSR settings. Remote command: on page 815 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:MSR:APPLy...
  • Page 235 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files............235 File Name ........................235 Load Standard ......................235 Save Standard ......................235 Delete Standard ......................235 Restore Standard Files ....................236 Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files Select the storage location of the file on the instrument or an external drive.

  • Page 236: List Evaluation (Results Configuration)

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Note: Restoring predefined standard files. The standards predefined by Rohde & Schwarz available at the time of delivery can be restored using the "Restore Standard Files" function (see "...

  • Page 237: How To Perform A Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement List Evaluation State (Result Summary)..............237 Show Peaks ....................... 237 Margin ........................237 Saving the Result Summary (Evaluation List) to a File ..........237 List Evaluation State (Result Summary) Activates or deactivates the Result Summary.
  • Page 238 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement The following tasks are described: ● "To select an SEM measurement" on page 238 ● "To perform an SEM measurement according to a standard" on page 238 ●...
  • Page 239 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Select the power classes to be used for the current measurement: ● a specific class ● all classes, to have the required class selected automatically according to the input level measured in the reference range 4.
  • Page 240 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement 2. Select the band category that determines the digital standards used in the mea- surement setup (see " Band Category " on page 232). 3. Define the bandwidth that contains all relevant carrier signals to be measured. 4.
  • Page 241 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement 7.6.6.1 How to Manage SEM Settings Files SEM measurement settings can be saved to an XML file which can then be exported to another application or loaded on the R&S FSV/A again later. Some predefined XML files are provided that contain ranges and parameters according to the selected stan- dard.

  • Page 242: Measurement Example: Multi-Sem Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement 7.6.6.2 How to Save SEM Result Files The Result Summary from an SEM measurement can be saved to a file, which can be exported to another application for further analysis, for example. For details on the file format of the SEM export file, see Chapter 7.6.8.2, "ASCII File Export Format (Spectrum Emission...
  • Page 243 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S FSV/A SMW): Device Standard Center frequency Level Test model SigGen 1 3GPP/FDD 900 MHz 0 dBm 1-16 SigGen 2 EUTRA/LTE 906.5 MHz 0 dBm 1_1_5MHz Setting up the measurement...

  • Page 244: Reference: Sem File Descriptions

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Figure 7-40: Multi-SEM measurement: results of the measurement for each sub block 7.6.8 Reference: SEM File Descriptions This reference provides details on the format of the SEM settings and result files. ●...
  • Page 245 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Be sure to follow the structure exactly as shown below or else the R&S FSV/A is not able to interpret the XML file and error messages are shown on the screen. It is recom- mended that you make a copy of an existing file and edit the copy of the file.
  • Page 246 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement The following tables show the child nodes and attributes of each element and show if a child node or attribute is mandatory for the R&S FSV/A to interpret the file or not. The hierarchy of the XML cannot be seen in the tables.
  • Page 247 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement <Bandwith>"Bandwidth"</Bandwidth> </WeightingFilter> <FrequencyRange> <Start>"RangeStart"</Start> <Stop>"RangeStop"</Stop> </FrequencyRange> <Limit> <Start Unit="Unit" Value="Value"/> <Stop Unit="Unit" Value="Value"/> </Limit> <Limit> <Start Unit="Unit" Value="Value"/> <Stop Unit="Unit" Value="Value"/> </Limit> <RBW Bandwidth="Bandwidth" Type="FilterType"/> <VBW Bandwidth="Bandwidth"/> <Detector>"Detector"</Detector>...
  • Page 248 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Table 7-14: Attributes and child nodes of the PowerClass element Child Node Attribute Value Parameter description Mand. StartPower Value <power in dBm> The start power must be equal to the stop power of the previ- ous power class.
  • Page 249 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement Child node Attribute Value Parameter description Mand. Limit dBm/Hz | dBm | A Range must contain dBc | dBr | dB exactly two limit nodes; one of the limit nodes has to have a relative unit (e.g.
  • Page 250 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurement 7.6.8.2 ASCII File Export Format (Spectrum Emission Mask) When trace data from an SEM measurement is exported, the data is stored in ASCII format as described below. The first part of the file lists information about the signal analyzer and the general setup.

  • Page 251: Spurious Emissions Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement File contents Explanation PeaksPerRange;1; Max. number of peaks per range to be detected Values;2; Number of detected peaks File data section 0;-12750000;-2515000;30000;13242367500;-43.844 Measured peak values: 722747802734;-0.33028793334960938;49.6697120 <range number>; 66650391;FAIL;...

  • Page 252: Spurious Emissions Measurement Results

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement 7.7.2 Spurious Emissions Measurement Results The measured signal, including any spurious emissions, and optionally the detected peaks are displayed in the Spurious Emissions measurement diagram. If defined, the limit lines and the limit check results are also indicated.

  • Page 253: Spurious Emissions Basics

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement ● Display detected peaks as blue squares in the diagram, as well as in the peak list Furthermore, you can save the evaluation list to a file. Retrieving Results via Remote Control The measured spurious values of the displayed trace can be retrieved using the TRAC:DATA? SPUR command (see on page 975).
  • Page 254 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement Defining ranges by remote control In Spurious Emissions measurements, there are no remote commands to insert new ranges between existing ranges directly. However, you can delete or redefine the exist- ing ranges to create the required order.

  • Page 255: Spurious Emissions Measurement Configuration

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement The limit check is considered to be "' failed!" if any signal level outside the absolute lim- its is measured. If the limit check is activated, the limit line values for each range are displayed in the evaluation list.

  • Page 256: Range Start / Range Stop

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement Range Start / Range Stop ..................256 Filter Type ........................257 ...........................257 ........................... 257 Sweep Time Mode ..................... 257 Sweep Time ....................... 257 Detector ........................257 Reference Level ......................258 RF Attenuation Mode ....................

  • Page 257: Filter Type

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement Remote command: on page 797 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>[:FREQuency]:STARt on page 798 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>[:FREQuency]:STOP Filter Type Sets the filter type for this range. For details on filter types, see Chapter 8.5.1.6, "Which Data May Pass: Filter Types", on page 380.

  • Page 258: Reference Level

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement Reference Level Sets the reference level for the range. For details on the reference level, see Chapter 8.4.1.1, "Reference Level", on page 366. Remote command: on page 831 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:RLEVel RF Attenuation Mode Activates or deactivates the auto mode for RF attenuation.

  • Page 259: Limit Check

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement ● The unit is dB. For details on transducers, see Chapter 12.5.1, "Basics on Transducer Factors", on page 592. Remote command: on page 832 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:TRANsducer Limit Check Activates or deactivates the limit check for all ranges. For details on limit checks, see Chapter 7.7.3.2, "Limit Lines in Spurious Measure- ments",...

  • Page 260: List Evaluation State

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement Configure the contents and display of the result list. List Evaluation State ....................260 Show Peaks ....................... 260 Margin ........................260 Details ........................261 Peaks per Range ....................... 261 Save Evaluation List ....................261 List Evaluation State...

  • Page 261: How To Perform A Spurious Emissions Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement Remote command: on page 821 CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PEAKsearch:MARGin Details Configures how detailed the list in the Result Summary is. Includes all detected peaks (up to a maximum defined by "Peaks per Range" ). Includes only one peak per range.
  • Page 262 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement 4. Split the frequency span of the measurement into ranges for signal parts with simi- lar characteristics. Define the required ranges in the "Sweep List" using the "Insert before Range" and "Insert after Range"...

  • Page 263: Reference: Ascii Export File Format (Spurious)

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Spurious Emissions Measurement 6. Select the "Save" button. The file with the specified name and the extension .dat is stored in the defined storage location. 7.7.6 Reference: ASCII Export File Format (Spurious) The file has a header containing important parameters for scaling, several data sec- tions containing the sweep settings per range, and a data section containing the peak list.

  • Page 264: Statistical Measurements (Apd, Ccdf)

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) File contents Explanation PeaksPerRange;25; Max. number of peaks per range to be detected Values;3; Number of detected peaks File data section 0;9000;150000;1000;79500;-25.006643295288086;- Measured peak values: 12.006643295288086;PASS; <range number>; 0;9000;150000;1000;101022.11126961483;-47.075 <start frequency>;...

  • Page 265: Typical Applications

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) width is automatically set to 10 times the analysis bandwidth. The sample detector is used for detecting the video voltage. Statistic measurements on pulsed signals can be performed using a gated trigger. For details see Chapter 7.8.4, "APD and CCDF Basics - Gated Triggering",...
  • Page 266 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) In addition to the histogram, a result table is displayed containing the following informa- tion: ● Number of samples used for calculation ● For each displayed trace: –...

  • Page 267: Apd And Ccdf Basics - Gated Triggering

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) ● For each displayed trace: Mean Mean power Peak Peak power Crest Crest factor (peak power – mean power) 10 % Level values over 10 % above mean power Level values over 1 % above mean power 0,1 % Level values over 0,1 % above mean power...
  • Page 268 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) User Manual 1178.8520.02 ─ 01...

  • Page 269: Apd And Ccdf Configuration

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) 7.8.5 APD and CCDF Configuration Auto measurement Use the Auto All function to determine the required measurement parameters automat- ically. The following settings are determined: ● Center frequency ●...
  • Page 270 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) Both dialog boxes are identical except for the "Percent Marker" setting, which is only available for CCDF measurements. Percent Marker (CCDF only)..................270 Analysis Bandwidth ....................270 Number of Samples ....................
  • Page 271 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) Edit Gate Ranges Opens a dialog box to configure up to 3 gate ranges for each trace. For details see Chapter 7.8.5.2, "Gate Range Definition for APD and CCDF", on page 271.
  • Page 272 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) Remote command: on page 840 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<t>:COMMent Period Length of the period to be traced. The period is the same for all traces. If you change the period for one trace, it is automatically changed for all traces. Make sure the defined period is not longer than the total measurement time of the cur- rent measurement.
  • Page 273 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) Figure 7-41: Scale settings for CCDF diagram In statistical diagrams, the x-axis displays the signal level values (= y-axis in standard display), while the y-axis displays the probability of the values. X-Axis .........................273 └...
  • Page 274 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) Remote command: on page 843 CALCulate<n>:STATistics:SCALe:X:RANGe Shifting the Display ( Offset ) ← X-Axis Defines an arithmetic level offset. This offset is added to the measured level irrespec- tive of the selected unit.

  • Page 275: How To Perform An Apd Or Ccdf Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) Remote command: on page 843 CALCulate<n>:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO ONCE 7.8.6 How to Perform an APD or CCDF Measurement The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to perform basic statistic measurements. For remote operation, see Chapter 14.5.8.7, "Programming Example: Measuring Sta- tistics",...

  • Page 276: Examples

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) 5. Start a sweep. As soon as the defined number of samples have been measured, the statistical evaluation is displayed. Only the signal levels within the pulse periods are consid- ered.
  • Page 277 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) 7.8.7.2 Measurement Example – Measuring the APD and CCDF of White Noise Gener- ated by the R&S FSV/A Setting the analysis bandwidth When the amplitude distribution is measured, the analysis bandwidth must be set so that the complete spectrum of the signal to be measured falls within the bandwidth.
  • Page 278 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF) Figure 7-42: Amplitude probability distribution of white noise 4. Now select the "CCDF" measurement function from the "Select Measurement" dia- log box. Figure 7-43: CCDF of white noise User Manual 1178.8520.02 ─...

  • Page 279: Optimizing And Troubleshooting The Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Time Domain Power Measurement The CCDF trace indicates the probability that a level will exceed the mean power. The level above the mean power is plotted along the x-axis of the graph. The origin of the axis corresponds to the mean power level.

  • Page 280: Time Domain Power Basics - Range Definition Using Limit Lines

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Time Domain Power Measurement Mode Description Peak Peak value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. RMS value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof.

  • Page 281: Time Domain Power Configuration

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Time Domain Power Measurement between signal and noise power of a TDMA signal for instance can be measured by using a measurement as a reference value and then varying the measurement range. In order to get stable measurement results for a limited evaluation range, usually a trig- ger is required.
  • Page 282 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Time Domain Power Measurement Auto measurement Use the Auto All function to determine the required measurement parameters automat- ically. The following settings are determined: ● Center frequency ● RBW: determined signal bandwidth * 2 ●...

  • Page 283: How To Measure Powers In The Time Domain

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Time Domain Power Measurement Remote command: on page 990 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] Left Limit / Right Limit Defines a power level limit for line S1 (left) or S2 (right). Remote command: on page 991 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:LEFT on page 991 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:RIGHt...
  • Page 284 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Time Domain Power Measurement Test setup: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW): Frequency: 1.8 GHz Level: -10 dBm Modulation: GSM/EDGE Procedure: 1. Preset the R&S FSV/A. 2. Set the center frequency to 1.8 GHz. 3.

  • Page 285: Harmonic Distortion Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Harmonic Distortion Measurement 7.10 Harmonic Distortion Measurement The "Harmonic Distortion" measurement measures harmonics and their distortion, including the total harmonic distortion. ● About the Measurement..................285 ● Harmonic Distortion Basics................... 286 ● Harmonic Distortion Results..................288 ●...

  • Page 286: Harmonic Distortion Basics

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Harmonic Distortion Measurement An application note discussing harmonics measurement is available from the Rohde & Schwarz website: 1EF78: Measurement of Harmonics using Spectrum Analyzers 7.10.2 Harmonic Distortion Basics Measuring the harmonics of a signal is a frequent problem which can be solved best using a signal analyzer.
  • Page 287 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Harmonic Distortion Measurement Figure 7-44: Extrapolation of the 1st and 2nd harmonics to the 2nd harmonic intercept at 40 dBm The following formula for the obtainable harmonic distortion d in dB is derived from the straight-line equations and the given intercept point: = S.H.I –...

  • Page 288: Harmonic Distortion Results

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Harmonic Distortion Measurement The maximum harmonic distortion is obtained if the level of the harmonic equals the intrinsic noise level of the receiver. The level applied to the mixer, according to (2), is: At a resolution bandwidth of 10 Hz (noise level -143 dBm, S.H.I.

  • Page 289: Harmonic Distortion Configuration

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Harmonic Distortion Measurement In addition, a result table is displayed providing the following information: ● First harmonic frequency ● THD (total harmonic distortion), relative and absolute values ● For each detected harmonic: –...
  • Page 290 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Harmonic Distortion Measurement The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 14.5.10, "Measuring the Harmonic Distortion", on page 858. Number of Harmonics ....................290 Harmonic Sweep Time ....................

  • Page 291: How To Determine The Harmonic Distortion

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement If harmonic measurement was performed in the time domain, this function adjusts the reference level only. Remote command: on page 859 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet 7.10.5 How to Determine the Harmonic Distortion Chapter 9.3.6, "Measurement Example: Measuring Harmonics Using Marker Func- tions", on page 466, measuring harmonics was described using marker functions.

  • Page 292: About The Toi Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement 7.11.1 About the TOI Measurement If several signals are applied to a transmission two-port device with nonlinear charac- teristic, intermodulation products appear at its output at the sums and differences of the signals.
  • Page 293 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement Figure 7-45: Intermodulation products Ps1 and Ps2 The intermodulation product at f is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal P and signal P Tthe intermodulation product at f is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal P...
  • Page 294 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement Figure 7-46: Dependency of intermodulation products on level of useful signals The useful signals at the two-port output increase proportionally with the input level as long as the two-port is in the linear range. A level change of 1 dB at the input causes a level change of 1 dB at the output.
  • Page 295 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement Intermodulation-free dynamic range The "Intermodulation-free dynamic range", i.e. the level range in which no internal intermodulation products are generated if two-tone signals are measured, is deter- mined by the third order intercept point, the phase noise and the thermal noise of the signal analyzer.

  • Page 296: Toi Results

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement Figure 7-48: Intermodulation-free dynamic range as a function of level at the input mixer and of the selected resolution bandwidth (Useful signal offset = 10 to 100 kHz, DANL = -145 dBm/Hz, TOI = 15 dBm; typical val- ues at 2 GHz).

  • Page 297: Toi Configuration

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement Remote command The TOI can also be queried using the remote command CALCulate<n>: on page 863. MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult? 7.11.4 TOI Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Third Order Intercept" > "TOI Config" User Manual 1178.8520.02 ─...

  • Page 298: How To Determine The Third Order Intercept

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement Auto measurement Use the Auto All function to determine the required measurement parameters automat- ically. The following settings are determined: ● Peak markers ● Center frequency of 2 narrowband signals creating intermodulation products See also Chapter 7.1, "Auto Measurements",...

  • Page 299: Measurement Example - Measuring The R&S Fsv/A's Intrinsic Intermodulation

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement The calculated TOI is indicated in the marker information. The markers required for calculation are displayed in the marker table. 4. If the signal changes significantly during or after the TOI measurement, use the "Search Signals"...
  • Page 300 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement 5. Set the VBW to 1 kHz. Measuring intermodulation using the Third Order Intercept (TOI) measurement function 1. Press the [MEAS] key and select the "Third Order Intercept" measurement function from the "Select Measurement"...

  • Page 301: Am Modulation Depth Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 AM Modulation Depth Measurement 7.12 AM Modulation Depth Measurement This measurement determines the AM modulation depth of an AM-modulated carrier. ● About the Measurement..................301 ● AM Modulation Depth Results................302 ● AM Modulation Depth Configuration..............

  • Page 302: Am Modulation Depth Results

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 AM Modulation Depth Measurement 7.12.2 AM Modulation Depth Results As a result of the AM Modulation Depth measurement, the following values are dis- played in the marker area of the diagram: Label Description MDepth...
  • Page 303 ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 AM Modulation Depth Measurement Auto measurement Use the Auto All function to determine the required measurement parameters automat- ically. The following settings are determined: ● Modulation depth See also Chapter 7.1, "Auto Measurements", on page 121.

  • Page 304: Optimizing And Troubleshooting The Measurement

    ® ® Measurements and Results R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 AM Modulation Depth Measurement 7.12.4 Optimizing and Troubleshooting the Measurement If the results do not meet your expectations, try the following methods to optimize the measurement: ● Set the center frequency to the frequency of the device under test. ●...

  • Page 305: Common Measurement Settings

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuration Overview 8 Common Measurement Settings Basic measurement settings that are common to many measurement tasks, regardless of the application or operating mode, are described here. If you are performing a spe- cific measurement task, using an operating mode other than Signal and Spectrum Ana- lyzer mode, or an application other than the Spectrum application, be sure to check the specific application or mode description for settings that may deviate from these com-...
  • Page 306 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuration Overview 1. "Select Measurement" Chapter 7, "Measurements and Results", on page 120 2. Input Chapter 8.2.2, "Input Source Settings", on page 311 3. Amplitude Chapter 8.4, "Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration", on page 366 4.

  • Page 307: Data Input And Output

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output 8.2 Data Input and Output The R&S FSV/A can analyze signals from different input sources and provide various types of output (such as video or trigger signals). ●...
  • Page 308 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output all active probes with a maximum bandwidth of up to 80 MHz, depending on the instal- led bandwidth extension options. The R&S RT-ZA9 provides an interface between the probe's BNC socket and the analyzer's N-socket.
  • Page 309 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output MultiMode Function and Offset Compensation for Modular RF Probes The R&S RT-ZM probe family features the MultiMode function which allows you to switch between single-ended, differential, and common mode measurements without reconnecting or resoldering the probe.
  • Page 310 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output MultiMode Offset compensation Offset compen- Application setting sation range P-Mode DC voltage at positive ±24 V Measurement of single-ended AC signals input terminal with high superimposed DC component at the positive input terminal.

  • Page 311: Input Source Settings

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output 8.2.1.3 IF and Video Signal Output The measured IF signal or displayed video signal (i.e. the filtered and detected IF sig- nal) can be provided at the IF output connector of the R&S FSV/A. The video output is a signal of 1 V.

  • Page 312: Radio Frequency State

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output RF Input Protection The RF input connector of the R&S FSV/A must be protected against signal levels that exceed the ranges specified in the data sheet. Therefore, the R&S FSV/A is equipped with an overload protection mechanism for DC and signal frequencies up to 30 MHz.

  • Page 313: Impedance

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output However, some specifications require DC coupling. In this case, you must protect the instrument from damaging DC input voltages manually. For details, refer to the data sheet. Remote command: on page 922 INPut<ip>:COUPling...

  • Page 314: Preselector Adjust

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output An internal YIG-preselector at the input of the R&S FSV/A ensures that image frequen- cies are rejected. However, this is only possible for a restricted bandwidth. To use the maximum bandwidth for signal analysis you can disable the YIG-preselector at the input of the R&S FSV/A, which can lead to image-frequency display.
  • Page 315 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Name...........................315 Serial Number......................315 Part Number........................315 Type..........................315 Mode........................... 315 Common Mode Offset / Diff. Mode Offset / P Offset / N Offset / ........ 315 Attenuation........................316 Microbutton Action .....................

  • Page 316: Power Sensors

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output If the probe is disconnected, the offset of the probe is reset to 0.0 V. Note: If the offset for DM-mode or CM-mode is changed, the offsets for the P-mode and N-mode are adapted accordingly, and vice versa.
  • Page 317 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Power sensors can also be used to trigger a measurement at a specified power level, e.g. from a signal generator (see "Using a Power Sensor as an External Power Trig- ger"...
  • Page 318 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output The "Gate Mode" Level is not supported for R&S power sensors. The signal sent by these sensors merely reflects the instant the level is first exceeded, rather than a time period.
  • Page 319 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Duty Cycle ........................321 Using the power sensor as an external trigger ............321 └ External Trigger Level ..................322 └ Hysteresis ....................322 └ Trigger Holdoff ..................... 322 └ Drop-Out Time .....................
  • Page 320 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output For details on the zeroing process refer to "How to Zero the Power Sensor" on page 324. Remote command: on page 943 CALibration:PMETer<p>:ZERO:AUTO ONCE Frequency Manual Defines the frequency of the signal to be measured. The power sensor has a memory with frequency-dependent correction factors.
  • Page 321 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Remote command: on page 943 CALCulate<n>:PMETer<p>:RELative[:MAGNitude]:AUTO ONCE Reference Value Defines the reference value in dBm used for relative power meter measurements. Remote command: on page 943 CALCulate<n>:PMETer<p>:RELative[:MAGNitude] Use Ref Level Offset If activated, takes the reference level offset defined for the analyzer into account for the measured power (see...
  • Page 322 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output External Trigger Level ← Using the power sensor as an external trigger Defines the trigger level for the power sensor trigger. For details on supported trigger levels, see the data sheet. Remote command: on page 950 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:TRIGger:LEVel...
  • Page 323 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output The following procedure describes in detail how to configure and activate power sen- sors. 1. To display the "Power Sensor" tab of the "Input" dialog box, do one of the following: ●...
  • Page 324 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output 12. Set the "Power Sensor State" at the top of the "Power Sensor" tab to "On" to acti- vate power measurement for the selected power sensors. The results of the power measurement are displayed in the marker table (Function: "Sensor <1...4>"...

  • Page 325: Optional External Generator Control

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output 8.2.4 Optional External Generator Control If the R&S FSV/A optional External Generator Control is installed, you can operate var- ious commercially available generators as an external generator with the R&S FSV/A. Thus, scalar network analysis with the R&S FSV/A is possible.
  • Page 326 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output External Generator Connections The external generator is controlled either via a LAN connection or via the EXT. GEN. CONTROL GPIB interface of the R&S FSV/A supplied with the option. For more information on configuring interfaces see Chapter 13.1.1, "Remote Control Interfaces and...
  • Page 327 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output The external generator can be used to calibrate the data source by performing either transmission or reflection measurements. Transmission Measurement This measurement yields the transmission characteristics of a two-port network. The external generator is used as a signal source.
  • Page 328 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Connection errors If no external generator is connected, if the connection address is not correct, or the generator is not ready for operation, an error message is displayed (e.g."Ext. Genera- tor TCPIP Handshake Error!", see "Displayed Information and Errors"...
  • Page 329 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Generator Model Driver file TTL sup- Generator type Model Driver file TTL sup- type port port 6 GHz SME06 2 GHz SMU02 SMF100A 43.5 GHz SMF100A 2 GHz SMU02B31 22 GHz SMF22...
  • Page 330 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Calibration Mechanism A common measurement setup includes a signal generator, a device under test (DUT), and a signal and spectrum analyzer. Therefore, it is useful to measure the attenuation or gain caused by the cables and connectors from the signal generator and the signal analyzer in advance.
  • Page 331 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output This is the case if one or more of the following values deviate from the calibration set- tings: ● Coupling (RBW, VBW, SWT) ● Reference level, RF attenuation ●...
  • Page 332 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Note that the normalized measurement data is stored, not the original reference trace! Thus, if you store the normalized trace directly after calibration, without changing any settings, the transducer factor will be 0 dB for the entire span (by definition of the nor- malized trace).
  • Page 333 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output ● Manual coupling: a single frequency is defined ● Automatic coupling: a series of frequencies is defined (one for each sweep point), based on the current frequency at the RF input of the R&S FSV/A; the RF frequency range covers the currently defined span of the R&S FSV/A (unless limi- ted by the range of the signal generator) Automatic coupling...
  • Page 334 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output When pure GPIB connections are used between the R&S FSV/A and the signal gener- ator, the R&S FSV/A sets the generator frequency for each frequency point individually via GPIB, and only when the setting procedure is finished, the R&S FSV/A can mea- sure the next sweep point.
  • Page 335 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Displayed Information and Errors Channel bar If external generator control is active, some additional information is displayed in the channel bar. Label Description EXT TG: <source power> External generator active;...
  • Page 336 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Overloading At a reference level of -10 dBm and at an external generator output level of the same value, the R&S FSV/A operates without overrange reserve. That means the R&S FSV/A is in danger of being overloaded if a signal is applied whose amplitude is higher than the reference line.
  • Page 337 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output For more information on configuring interfaces, see Chapter 13.1.1, "Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols", on page 644. Generator Type ......................337 Interface ........................337 TTL Handshake ......................337 GPIB Address / TCPIP Address / Computer Name ...........
  • Page 338 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Remote command: on page 935 SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RDEVice:GENerator<gen>:ADDRess SYSTem:COMMunicate:TCPip:RDEVice:GENerator<gen>:ADDRess on page 936 Reference Selects the internal R&S FSV/A or an external frequency reference to synchronize the R&S FSV/A with the generator (default: internal). Remote command: on page 934 SOURce<si>:EXTernal<gen>:ROSCillator[:SOURce]...
  • Page 339 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Source State ......................339 Source Power ......................339 Source Offset ......................339 Source Frequency Coupling..................340 (Manual) Source Frequency..................340 (Automatic) Source Frequency (Numerator/Denominator/Offset)....... 340 Result Frequency Start ....................341 Result Frequency Stop ....................341 Source State...
  • Page 340 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Using this offset, attenuators or amplifiers at the output connector of the external gen- erator can be taken into account. This is useful, for example, for the displayed output power values on screen or during data entry.
  • Page 341 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Remote command: SOURce<si>:EXTernal<gen>:FREQuency[:FACTor]:DENominator on page 931 on page 932 SOURce<si>:EXTernal<gen>:FREQuency[:FACTor]:NUMerator on page 932 SOURce<si>:EXTernal<gen>:FREQuency:OFFSet Result Frequency Start For reference only: The start frequency for the generator, calculated from the config- ured generator frequency and the start value defined for the R&S FSV/A.
  • Page 342 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Save as Trd Factor .....................343 Reference Position .....................343 Reference Value ......................343 Calibrate Transmission Starts a transmission type measurement to determine a reference trace. This trace is used to calculate the difference for the normalized values. For details, see "Calibration Mechanism"...
  • Page 343 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Remote command: on page 938 [SENSe:]CORRection:RECall Save as Trd Factor Uses the normalized measurement data to generate a transducer factor. The trace data is converted to a transducer with unit dB and stored in a file with the specified name and the suffix .trd under "C:\Program Files\Rohde-Schwarz\FSV3000\<version>\trd".
  • Page 344 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Remote command: DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue on page 937 8.2.4.4 How to Work With External Generator Control The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to work with the optional External Generator Control. For remote operation, see "Programming Example for External Generator Control"...
  • Page 345 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output 13. Optionally, to define a constant level offset for the external generator, define a "Source Offset". 14. The default frequency list for the calibration sweep contains 1001 values, divided in equi-distant frequencies between the R&S FSV/A's start and stop frequency.
  • Page 346 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output How to Remove the Effects of a Particular Component from Measurement Results Using Calibration 1. Set up the measurement, including the component, and perform a calibration as described in "How to Calibrate a Measurement Setup using an External Generator"...
  • Page 347 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output 8.2.4.5 Measurement Example: Calibration with an External Generator The following measurement example demonstrates the most common functions using an external generator. This example requires the External Generator Control option. The example assumes an SMW100A generator is connected to the R&S FSV/A.
  • Page 348 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Figure 8-6: Measurement results from generator, analyzer and connecting cables 13. Select "Source Calibration Normalize": "On" to set the measurement results for the current setup to 0, thus eliminating all effects from the generator, the analyzer and the connecting cables from subsequent measurements with the band elimination filter.
  • Page 349 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output 2. Connect the band elimination filter output to the [RF input] connector of the R&S FSV/A. Figure 8-8: Band elimination filter results 3. Shift the reference line from the top of the diagram to the middle of the diagram by changing the position of the reference point 0.0 dB to 50 %.
  • Page 350 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Compensating the effects of additional attenuation after calibration After calibration, an additional attenuator is inserted between the DUT and the R&S FSV/A. This may be necessary, for example, to protect the analyzer's input con- nector.

  • Page 351: Output Settings

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Figure 8-11: Reference line with an offset of -3 dB and shifted to middle of diagram (50%) 3. After the reference trace has been shifted, you can zoom into the measured trace to determine the offsets to the reference line, which represent the effects of the band elimination filter in the measurement setup.

  • Page 352: If/Video Output

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output The R&S FSV/A can provide output to special connectors for other devices. For details on connectors, refer to the R&S FSV/A Getting Started manual, "Front / Rear Panel View" chapters. Providing trigger signals as output is described in Chapter 8.2.9, "How to Output a Trig- Signal",...

  • Page 353: Audio Output

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Defines the type of signal available at the "IF" and "Video" output connectors of the R&S FSV/A. For restrictions and additional information, see Chapter 8.2.1.3, "IF and Video Signal Output", on page 311.
  • Page 354 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output State..........................354 Type..........................354 Squelch ........................354 Squelch Level ......................355 Audio Output Volume....................355 Volume........................ 355 State If enabled, the demodulated audio signal is output to the IF connector (on the rear panel of the R&S FSV/A).

  • Page 355: Trigger Input/Output Settings

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output The squelch function activates the video trigger function (see " Video " on page 397) and deactivates any other trigger or gating settings. The squelch level and trigger level are set to the same value.
  • Page 356 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output Providing trigger signals as output is described in detail in Chapter 8.2.1.2, "Receiving and Providing Trigger Signals", on page 310 and Chapter 8.2.9, "How to Output a Trig- Signal", on page 357.

  • Page 357: How To Output A Trigger Signal

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Data Input and Output "User Defined" Sends a trigger when you select the "Send Trigger" button. In this case, further parameters are available for the output signal. Remote command: on page 918 OUTPut<up>:TRIGger<tp>:OTYPe Level ←...

  • Page 358: Frequency And Span Configuration

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency and Span Configuration 3. Set the trigger to be used to "Output". (Note: Trigger 2 is output to the front panel connector, Trigger 3 is output to the rear panel connector. For R&S FSV/A85 models with two RF input connectors, Trigger 2 is not available.) 4.
  • Page 359 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency and Span Configuration For sinusoidal signals, the center frequency can be defined automatically by the R&S FSV/A as the highest frequency level in the frequency span (see " Adjusting the Center Frequency Automatically ( Auto Frequency )"...

  • Page 360: Frequency And Span Settings

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency and Span Configuration 1 Hz 1 GHz 1 MHz Figure 8-14: Logarithmic x-axis scaling: the distance between sweep points is variable In the spectrum from 10 Hz to 100 Hz, the distance is a few Hz. Between 100 MHz and 1 GHz, the distance is several MHz.
  • Page 361 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency and Span Configuration Center Frequency ...................... 362 Span ...........................362 Start / Stop ......................... 362 Frequency Axis Scaling ....................362 Full Span ........................362 Zero Span ........................363 Last Span ........................363 Center Frequency Stepsize ..................363 Frequency Offset...
  • Page 362 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency and Span Configuration Center Frequency Defines the center frequency of the signal in Hertz. The allowed range of values for the center frequency depends on the frequency span. span > 0: span /2 ≤...
  • Page 363 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency and Span Configuration Remote command: on page 889 [SENSe:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL Zero Span Sets the span to 0 Hz (zero span). The x-axis becomes the time axis with the grid lines corresponding to 1/10 of the current sweep time ( "SWT" ). Remote command: FREQ:SPAN 0Hz, see on page 888...

  • Page 364: Keeping The Center Frequency Stable - Signal Tracking

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency and Span Configuration Frequency Offset Shifts the displayed frequency range along the x-axis by the defined offset. This parameter has no effect on the instrument's hardware, or on the captured data or on data processing.

  • Page 365: How To Define The Frequency Range

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency and Span Configuration For more details see Chapter 8.3.3, "Keeping the Center Frequency Stable - Signal Tracking", on page 364. If activated, after each sweep, the center frequency is set to the maximum level of the specified "Signal Track Trace"...

  • Page 366: Amplitude And Vertical Axis Configuration

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Enter a manual or relative value, or set the step size to the current center fre- quency or marker value. To move from one harmonic to the next, use the center frequency or marker value.
  • Page 367 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration The reference level determines the amplitude represented by the topmost grid line in the display. When you change the reference level, the measurement is not restarted; the results are merely shifted in the display.
  • Page 368 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration 8.4.1.2 RF Attenuation The attenuation is meant to protect the input mixer from high RF input levels. The level at the input mixer is determined by the set RF attenuation according to the formula: "level = level –...

  • Page 369: Amplitude Settings

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration scaling is useful when large ranges of values must be combined in one display. Loga- rithmic scaling is best applied to measurement values in logarithmic units (dB, dBm etc.).
  • Page 370 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Input Settings ......................372 └ Preamplifier ....................372 Noise Cancellation ..................... 373 Reference Level Defines the expected maximum reference level. Signal levels above this value may not be measured correctly.
  • Page 371 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Remote command: on page 923 INPut<ip>:IMPedance on page 899 CALCulate<n>:UNIT:POWer Setting the Reference Level Automatically ( Auto Level ) ← Reference Level Automatically determines a reference level which ensures that no overload occurs at the R&S FSV/A for the current input data.
  • Page 372 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Note: Electronic attenuation is not available for stop frequencies (or center frequencies in zero span) above 7 GHz. In "Auto" mode, RF attenuation is provided by the electronic attenuator as much as possible to reduce the amount of mechanical switching required.

  • Page 373: Scaling The Y-Axis

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Remote command: on page 904 INPut<ip>:GAIN:STATe on page 904 INPut<ip>:GAIN[:VALue] Noise Cancellation The R&S FSV/A can correct the results by removing the inherent noise of the analyzer, which increases the dynamic range.
  • Page 374 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Range .........................374 Ref Level Position ...................... 374 Auto Scale Once ......................375 Scaling ........................375 Range Defines the displayed y-axis range in dB. The default value is 100 dB. Remote command: on page 905 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]...

  • Page 375: How To Optimize The Amplitude Display

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Auto Scale Once Automatically determines the optimal range and reference level position to be dis- played for the current measurement settings. The display is only set once; it is not adapted further if the measurement settings are changed again.

  • Page 376: Bandwidth, Filter And Sweep Configuration

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 5. To detect a spurious signal close to the noise floor: ● Set the "RF Attenuation" to "Manual" mode and reduce the "Value" to lower the noise floor.
  • Page 377 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 8.5.1.1 Separating Signals by Selecting an Appropriate Resolution Bandwidth The resolution bandwidth defines the 3 dB bandwidth of the resolution filter to be used. An RF sinusoidal signal is displayed according to the passband characteristic of the resolution filter (RBW), i.e.
  • Page 378 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration The level of a sine wave signal is not influenced by the video bandwidth. A sine wave signal can therefore be freed from noise by using a video bandwidth that is small com- pared with the resolution bandwidth, and thus be measured more accurately.
  • Page 379 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration A higher span/RBW ratio (i.e. low RBW values and large frequency spans), however, results in large amounts of data. 8.5.1.5 How Data is Measured: the Sweep Type In a standard analog frequency sweep, the local oscillator of the analyzer sweeps the applied signal quasi analog from the start to the stop frequency to determine the fre- quency spectrum.
  • Page 380 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration For an optimal sweep rate, it is recommended that you set the "Sweep Time" to "Auto" , as well. For general purpose measurements, an "Auto" mode is available, which provides a compromise between a large dynamic range and a fast sweep.
  • Page 381 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 8.5.1.7 How Long the Data is Measured: Sweep Time Each filter has a settling time that must be awaited in order to obtain correct results. Since the resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth define the filter, the smaller of the two determines the minimum "Sweep Time"...

  • Page 382: Bandwidth, Filter And Sweep Settings

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration By default, the data is collected for the specified number of sweeps and the corre- sponding trace is displayed. When the next sweep is started, the previous trace is deleted.
  • Page 383 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Figure 8-16: Sweep dialog box for spectrogram display ...........................383 ........................... 384 Sweep Time ....................... 384 Span/RBW ......................... 385 RBW/VBW ........................385 Filter Type ........................385 Default Coupling ......................386 Sweep/Average Count ....................
  • Page 384 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration If "Auto" is selected, the resolution bandwidth is coupled to the selected span (for span > 0). If the span is changed, the resolution bandwidth is automatically adjusted. If the resolution bandwidth is defined manually, a green bullet is displayed next to the "RBW"...
  • Page 385 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration "Manual" For manual mode, define the "Sweep Time" . Allowed values depend on the ratio of span to RBW and RBW to VBW. For details refer to the data sheet.
  • Page 386 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Remote command: on page 893 [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:TYPE Default Coupling Sets all coupled functions to the default state ( "Auto" ). In addition, the ratio "RBW/ VBW" is set to "Sine[1/1]" and the ratio "Span/RBW" to 100. For more information see Chapter 8.5.1.3, "Coupling VBW and RBW",...
  • Page 387 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Table 8-2: Optimization parameters in FFT mode Optimization mode Description Dynamic Optimizes the dynamic range by using the narrowest possible partial span (depend- ing on the RBW). Speed Optimizes the sweep rate by using the widest possible partial span (depending on the RBW).
  • Page 388 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Remote command: on page 747 INITiate<n>[:IMMediate] on page 966 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:CONTinuous Continuous Sweep / Run Cont After triggering, starts the sweep and repeats it continuously until stopped. This is the default setting.

  • Page 389: Reference: List Of Available Rrc And Channel Filters

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Remote command: on page 967 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:SELect Continue Frame ← Spectrogram Frames Determines whether the results of the previous sweeps are included in the analysis of the next sweeps for trace modes "Max Hold" , "Min Hold" , and "Average" . This function is available in single sweep mode only.
  • Page 390 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application 500 Hz CFILter 1 kHz CFILter 1.5 kHz CFILter 2 kHz CFILter 2.4 kHz CFILter 2.7 kHz CFILter 3 kHz CFILter 3.4 kHz CFILter 4 kHz...

  • Page 391: Trigger And Gate Configuration

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application 200 kHz CFILter 300 kHz CFILter 500 kHz CFILter J.83 (8-VSB DVB, USA); RF ID 14333 1 MHz CFILter CDMAone 1.228 MHz CFILter CDMAone 1.28 MHz, a=0.22...

  • Page 392: Triggering

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration 8.6.1 Triggering 8.6.1.1 Triggered Measurements In a basic measurement with default settings, the sweep is started immediately. How- ever, sometimes you want the measurement to start only when a specific condition is fulfilled, for example a signal level is exceeded, or in certain time intervals.
  • Page 393 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Trigger Hysteresis Setting a hysteresis for the trigger helps avoid unwanted trigger events caused by noise, for example. The hysteresis is a threshold to the trigger level that the signal must fall below on a rising slope or rise above on a falling slope before another trigger event occurs.
  • Page 394 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration " Drop-Out Time " on page 399. Drop-out times for falling edge triggers If a trigger is set to a falling edge ( "Slope" = "Falling" , see "...
  • Page 395 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration 8.6.1.2 Trigger Settings Access: "Overview" > "Trigger/Gate" External triggers from one of the Trigger Input / Output connectors on the R&S FSV/A are configured in a separate tab of the dialog box. Chapter 8.2.8, "Trigger Input/Output Settings", on page 355...
  • Page 396 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Trigger Level ......................399 Repetition Interval ...................... 399 Drop-Out Time ......................399 Trigger Offset ......................399 Hysteresis ........................399 Trigger Holdoff ......................400 Slope .......................... 400 Preview The preview mode allows you to try out trigger and gate settings before actually apply- ing them to the current measurement.
  • Page 397 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration For gated measurements, this setting also selects the gating source. For more information see "Trigger Source" on page 392. Note: When triggering or gating is activated, the squelch function is automatically dis- abled.
  • Page 398 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Remote command: TRIG:SOUR VID, see on page 911 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce SWE:EGAT:SOUR VID for gated triggering, see [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce on page 916 IF Power ← Trigger Source The R&S FSV/A starts capturing data as soon as the trigger level is exceeded around the third intermediate frequency.
  • Page 399 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Remote command: TRIG:SOUR TIME, see on page 911 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce Trigger Level Defines the trigger level for the specified trigger source. For gated measurements, this setting also defines the gate level. For details on supported trigger levels, see the data sheet.
  • Page 400 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration This setting is only available for "IF Power" trigger sources. The range of the value is between 3 dB and 50 dB with a step width of 1 dB. For more information, see "Trigger Hysteresis"...
  • Page 401 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration 8.6.1.4 How to Configure a Triggered Measurement To define a time trigger: 1. In the "Trigger And Gate" dialog box, define the "Trigger Source" = "Time" . 2.

  • Page 402: Gating

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration 8.6.2 Gating ● Gated Measurements....................402 ● Gate Settings......................405 ● Continuous Gate Settings..................407 ● How to Configure a Gated Measurement..............408 8.6.2.1 Gated Measurements Like a gate provides an opening in a fence, a gated measurement lets data from the input signal pass in defined areas only.
  • Page 403 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Figure 8-21: Effects of Gate mode, Gate delay and Gate length To indicate that a gate is used for the sweep, "GAT" and the gate source is displayed in the channel bar.
  • Page 404 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Example: Figure 8-22: Continuous gating for a gate period count of 9 Continuous gating is useful, for example, if you want to measure a periodic signal which occurs after a specific trigger event. Using gate periods, you can average the individual periods of the signal for several trigger events.
  • Page 405 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration the individual gates. In this case, the trigger source defines when measurement is gen- erally possible, and the gate source determines which data is actually measured. Example: A rotating antenna can be used as a general (external) trigger source, for example.
  • Page 406 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Gated measurements are not available for frequency sweep mode, see " Sweep Type " on page 387. Gated Trigger ......................406 Gate Mode ......................... 406 Gate Delay .........................
  • Page 407 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration The gate length can only be set in the edge-triggered gate mode. In the level-triggered mode the gate length depends on the level of the gate signal. The gate length in relation to the sweep is indicated by a line labeled "GL"...
  • Page 408 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Remote command: on page 914 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:CONTinuous:PCOunt 8.6.2.4 How to Configure a Gated Measurement A gated measurement records data only while the gate conditions are fulfilled. These step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to configure a gated measurement man- ually.

  • Page 409: Adjusting Settings Automatically

    ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Adjusting Settings Automatically 6. Define the length in seconds from the beginning of one gate measurement to the beginning of the next one ("Gate Period Length"). 7. Define how many gate measurements are to be performed after a single trigger event ("Gate Period Count").
  • Page 410 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Adjusting Settings Automatically Adjusting all Determinable Settings Automatically ( Auto All ) Activates all automatic adjustment functions for the current measurement settings. This includes: ● Auto Frequency ● Auto Level Note: Auto measurement. For some measurements, the Adjusting all Determinable Settings Automatically ( Auto All ) function determines the required measurement...
  • Page 411 ® ® Common Measurement Settings R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Adjusting Settings Automatically Changing the Automatic Measurement Time ( Meastime Manual ) This function allows you to change the measurement duration for automatic setting adjustments. Enter the value in seconds. Note: The maximum possible measurement duration depends on the currently selected measurement and the installed (optional) hardware.

  • Page 412: Common Analysis And Display Functions

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Result Display Configuration 9 Common Analysis and Display Functions Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" General methods and basic settings to display and analyze measurements, regardless of the operating mode, are described here. If you are performing a specific measure- ment task, using an operating mode other than Signal and Spectrum Analyzer mode, or an application other than the Spectrum application, be sure to check the specific application or mode description for settings and functions that may deviate from these...
  • Page 413 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Result Display Configuration Diagram Displays a basic level vs. frequency or level vs. time diagram of the measured data to evaluate the results graphically. This is the default evaluation method. Which data is displayed in the diagram depends on the "Trace"...
  • Page 414 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Result Display Configuration Tip: To navigate within long marker peak lists, simply scroll through the entries with your finger on the touchscreen. Remote command: LAY:ADD? '1',RIGH, PEAK, see on page 876 LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? Results: on page 987...

  • Page 415: Laying Out The Result Display With The Smartgrid

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Result Display Configuration 9.1.2 Laying out the Result Display with the SmartGrid Measurement results can be evaluated in many different ways, for example graphically, as summary tables, statistical evaluations etc. Each type of evaluation is displayed in a separate window in the channel tab.
  • Page 416 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Result Display Configuration Figure 9-1: Moving a window in SmartGrid mode The brown area indicates the possible "drop area" for the window, i.e. the area in which the window can be placed. A blue area indicates the (approximate) layout of the win- dow as it would be if the icon were dropped at the current position.
  • Page 417 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Result Display Configuration SmartGrid functions Once the evaluation icon has been dropped, icons in each window provide delete and move functions. The "Move" icon allows you to move the position of the window, possibly changing the size and position of the other displayed windows.
  • Page 418 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Result Display Configuration Remote command: on page 876 / on page 881 LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? LAYout:WINDow<n>:ADD? 9.1.2.4 How to Close a Result Window ► To close a window, activate SmartGrid mode and select the "Delete" icon for the window.

  • Page 419: Zoomed Displays

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Zoomed Displays 9.2 Zoomed Displays You can zoom into the diagram to visualize the measurement results in greater detail. Using the touchscreen or a mouse pointer you can easily define the area to be enlarged.
  • Page 420 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Zoomed Displays details are visible. In multiple zoom mode, you can enlarge up to four different areas of the trace simultaneously. An overview window indicates the zoom areas in the original trace, while the zoomed trace areas are displayed in individual windows.

  • Page 421: Zoom Functions

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Zoomed Displays 9.2.2 Zoom Functions Access: "Zoom" icons in toolbar Single Zoom ....................... 421 Multi-Zoom ......................... 421 Measurement Zoom....................421 └ Level Lock.....................422 └ X-Lock......................422 └ Y-Lock......................422 └ Adapt Measurement to Zoom (selected diagram).........422 Restore Original Display...
  • Page 422 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Zoomed Displays Note: The measurement settings are adapted to practical values based on a suitable grid for the current settings, rather than to unwieldy values that reflect precisely the pixel you happen to tap.

  • Page 423: How To Zoom Into A Diagram

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Zoomed Displays Remote command: Single zoom: on page 956 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:ZOOM[:STATe] Multiple zoom: DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:ZOOM:MULTiple<zn>[:STATe] on page 958 (for each multiple zoom window) Data shift ( Pan ) Shifts the data to be evaluated in the result display (analysis region or hop/chirp) and re-evaluates the new data.
  • Page 424 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Zoomed Displays To zoom into the diagram at one position Click on the "Single Zoom" icon in the toolbar. Zoom mode is activated. 2. Tap and drag your finger in the diagram to select the area to be enlarged. The selected area is indicated by a dotted rectangle.
  • Page 425 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Zoomed Displays 2. Select the first area in the diagram to be enlarged as described in "To zoom into the diagram at one position" on page 424. The selected area is indicated by a dot- ted rectangle.

  • Page 426: Marker Usage

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage To perform a measurement zoom Performing a measurement zoom automatically adapts the measurement settings to reflect a graphically zoomed display. 1. Select the "Measurement Zoom" icon from the toolbar. 2.
  • Page 427 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage ● ● Alternatively, change the position of the selected marker using the rotary knob. By default, the marker is moved from one pixel to the next. If you need to position the marker more precisely, change the step size to move from one sweep point to the next (General Marker Setting).
  • Page 428 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage ● Marker Types......................428 ● Activating Markers....................428 ● Marker Results...................... 428 9.3.1.1 Marker Types All markers can be used either as normal markers or delta markers. A normal marker indicates the absolute signal value at the defined position in the diagram.

  • Page 429: Marker Settings

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Marker information in diagram area By default, the results of the last two markers or delta markers that were activated are displayed in the diagram area. The following information is displayed there: ●...
  • Page 430 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage 9.3.2.1 Individual Marker Setup Up to 17 markers or delta markers can be activated for each window simultaneously. Initial marker setup is performed using the "Marker" dialog box. The markers are distributed among 3 tabs for a better overview.
  • Page 431 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 987 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe] on page 985 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>[:STATe] Marker Position X-value Defines the position (x-value) of the marker in the diagram. For normal markers, the absolute position is indicated.
  • Page 432 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 986 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<ms>:LINK:TO:MARKer<md> on page 983 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<ms>:LINK:TO:MARKer<md> on page 983 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:LINK Assigning the Marker to a Trace The "Trace" setting assigns the selected marker to an active trace. The trace deter- mines which value the marker shows at the marker position.
  • Page 433 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage 9.3.2.2 General Marker Settings Some general marker settings allow you to influence the marker behavior for all mark- ers. Marker Table Display ....................433 Marker Info ......................... 433 Marker Stepsize ......................
  • Page 434 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 989 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:MINFo[:STATe] Marker Stepsize Defines the size of the steps that the marker position is moved using the rotary knob. "Standard" The marker position is moved in steps of (Span/1000), which corre- sponds approximately to the number of pixels for the default display of 1001 sweep points.

  • Page 435: Marker Search Settings And Positioning Functions

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage 9.3.3 Marker Search Settings and Positioning Functions Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Marker" > "Search" or: [MKR TO] Several functions are available to set the marker to a specific position very quickly and easily, or to use the current marker position to define another characteristic value.
  • Page 436 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Search Limits ......................437 └ Search Limits ( Left / Right )................. 437 └ Search Threshold ..................437 └ Use Zoom Limits ..................437 └ Deactivating All Search Limits ..............
  • Page 437 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Search Limits The search results can be restricted by limiting the search area or adding search con- ditions. Search Limits ( Left / Right ) ← Search Limits If activated, limit lines are defined and displayed for the search.
  • Page 438 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Search Mode for Next Peak in X-Direction ..............438 Search Mode for Next Peak in Y-Direction ..............438 Marker Search Type ....................439 Marker Search Area ....................439 Exclude LO .........................439 Peak Excursion ......................
  • Page 439 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage "Up" Determines the next maximum/minimum above the current peak (in more recent frames). "Absolute" Determines the next maximum/minimum above or below the current peak (in all frames). "Down"...
  • Page 440 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage "On" The minimum frequency included in the peak search range is ≥ 5 × resolution bandwidth (RBW). Due to the interference by the first local oscillator to the first inter- mediate frequency at the input mixer, the LO is represented as a sig- nal at 0 Hz.
  • Page 441 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Use Zoom Limits ← Search Limits If activated, the peak search is restricted to the active zoom area defined for a single zoom. Remote command: on page 992 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:ZOOM[:STATe] Deactivating All Search Limits ←...

  • Page 442: Marker (Measurement) Functions

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Search Minimum Sets the selected marker/delta marker to the minimum of the trace. If no marker is active, marker 1 is activated. For spectrogram displays, define which frame the minimum is to be searched in. Remote command: on page 996 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MINimum[:PEAK]...
  • Page 443 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 14.8.3, "Working with Markers", on page 982. ● Precise Frequency (Signal Count) Marker............443 ●...
  • Page 444 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage To determine the frequency of a signal point accurately without changing the sweep settings, the R&S FSV/A is equipped with a signal counter. The signal counter sets the RF to the current marker position, then counts the zero crossings of the IF (thus the term signal counter) and derives the precise frequency value.
  • Page 445 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage 9.3.4.2 Measuring Noise Density (Noise Meas Marker) Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Marker Functions" > "Select Marker Function" > "Noise Measurement" > "Noise Meas Config" Or: [MKR FUNC] > "Select Marker Function" > "Noise Measurement" > "Noise Meas Config"...
  • Page 446 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage the RMS value of white noise. With a logarithmic level axis, 1.45 dB is added addi- tionally. Logarithmic averaging is thus fully taken into account, which yields a value that is 1.45 dB lower than that of linear averaging.
  • Page 447 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage on page 1016 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult? Marker State .......................447 Marker Type ....................... 447 Noise Measurement State ..................447 Switching All Noise Measurement Off ................ 447 Marker State Activates or deactivates the marker in the diagram. Remote command: on page 987 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe]...
  • Page 448 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage 9.3.4.3 Phase Noise Measurement Marker Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Marker Functions" > "Phase Noise" > "Phase Noise Config" Or: [MKR FUNC] > "Select Marker Function" > "Phase Noise" > "Phase Noise Config" For each of the 16 markers phase noise measurement can be activated.
  • Page 449 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Remote commands: on page 1019 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] on page 1019 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? Phase Noise Measurement State ................449 Defining Reference Point ................... 450 Switching All Phase Noise Measurements Off ............
  • Page 450 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage If activated, the delta markers display the phase noise measured at defined offsets from the reference position. Remote command: on page 1018 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] on page 1017 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? Defining Reference Point Instead of using marker 1 as the reference marker, a fixed reference marker can be defined for phase noise measurement.
  • Page 451 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Figure 9-5: n dB down marker function The following marker function results are displayed: Table 9-1: n dB down marker function results Label Description Current position and level of marker 1 Offset value (n dB down) ndB down Bw / Determined bandwidth or pulse width (zero span) at the offset...
  • Page 452 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage on page 1025 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult? n dB down Marker State .....................452 n dB down Value......................452 n dB down Marker State Activates or deactivates the special n dB down marker function. Remote command: on page 1026 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:STATe...
  • Page 453 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage You can move the position of the fixed reference marker graphically by dragging the display lines, or numerically by entering values for the marker position and level. Remote commands: "Example: Using a Fixed Reference Marker"...
  • Page 454 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Relative band power markers The results for band power markers which are defined as delta markers and thus have a reference value can also be calculated as reference power values (in dB). For analog demodulation measurements, relative band power markers are not availa- ble.
  • Page 455 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage All markers can be defined as band power markers, each with a different span. When a band power marker is activated, if no marker is active yet, marker 1 is activated. Other- wise, the currently active marker is used as a band power marker (all other marker functions for this marker are deactivated).
  • Page 456 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 1021 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer[:STATe] on page 1023 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer[:STATe] Span Defines the span (band) around the marker for which the power is measured. The span is indicated by lines in the diagram. Remote command: on page 1021 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:SPAN...
  • Page 457 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage audio output. Thus, a displayed signal can be identified acoustically with the help of the internal loudspeaker or with headphones. This function is not available for Spectrum Emission Mask measurements or measure- ments on I/Q-based data.
  • Page 458 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Marker Demodulation State Activates or deactivates the demodulation output. Remote command: on page 1030 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] Continuous Demodulation If activated, the signal is demodulated continuously (not only at the marker position) and sent to the audio output.
  • Page 459 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Loudspeaker If enabled, the demodulated audio signal is output to the IF connector (on the rear panel of the R&S FSV/A). This connector is only available if the R&S FSV3-B5 option is installed. Note that output to the [Phones] connector on the front panel is always possible, regardless of the "Loudspeaker"...
  • Page 460 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage When is a peak a peak? - Peak excursion During a peak search, for example when a marker peak table is displayed, noise val- ues may be detected as a peak if the signal is very flat or does not contain many peaks.
  • Page 461 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Marker peak list The marker peak list determines the frequencies and levels of peaks in the spectrum. It is updated automatically after each sweep. How many peaks are displayed can be defined, as well as the sort order.
  • Page 462 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage TRAC? LIST, see on page 975 TRACe<n>[:DATA] Peak List State ......................462 Sort Mode ........................462 Maximum Number of Peaks ..................462 Peak Excursion ......................462 Display Marker Numbers ....................462 Export Peak List ......................

  • Page 463: How To Work With Markers

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Export Peak List The peak list can be exported to an ASCII file (.DAT) for analysis in an external appli- cation. Remote command: on page 1086 MMEMory:STORe<n>:PEAK on page 1060 FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator 9.3.4.9...
  • Page 464 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage 4. Determine the precise frequency of the signal point: a) Select the "Select Marker Function" softkey. b) Select the "Signal Count" button. c) Select the "Signal Count Resolution" softkey. d) Select the resolution depending on how precise the result needs to be.
  • Page 465 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage Risk of hearing damage To protect your hearing, make sure that the volume setting is not too high before put- ting on the headphones. 1. Set marker 1 to the signal level you want to monitor. 2.

  • Page 466: Measurement Example: Measuring Harmonics Using Marker Functions

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Marker Usage 5. Press the [RUN SINGLE] key to perform a single sweep measurement and create a marker peak list. 6. Select the "Marker Peak List" softkey to display the "Marker Peak List" dialog box again.

  • Page 467: Display And Limit Lines

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines Figure 9-7: Fundamental wave and the frequency and level reference point 7. Make the step size for the center frequency correspond to the signal frequency: in the "Frequency"...

  • Page 468: Display Lines

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines Display lines are only available in the Spectrum and (optional) Analog Demodulation applications. In the I/Q Analyzer application, lines are only available for measurements in the fre- quency domain.
  • Page 469 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines Four vertical and two horizontal lines can be defined in the display. Vertical Line <x>......................469 Horizontal Line 1 / Horizontal Line 2 ................469 Vertical Line <x> Activates a vertical display line in the diagram at the specified point of the x-axis, depending on the scale of the axis.

  • Page 470: Limit Lines

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines b) Enter the x-value at which the line is to be displayed. 4. To define a horizontal line: a) Sselect "Horizontal Line 1" or 2. b) Enter the y-value at which the line is to be displayed.
  • Page 471 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines ● The frequencies/times for each data point must be defined in ascending order; however, for any single frequency or time, two data points may be entered (to define a vertical segment of a limit line).
  • Page 472 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines Thresholds If the y-axis for the limit line data points uses relative scaling, an additional absolute threshold can be defined for the limit check. In this case, both the threshold value and the relative limit line must be exceeded before a violation occurs.
  • Page 473 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines Figure 9-9: Margin violation for limit check Figure 9-10: Limit violation for limit check User Manual 1178.8520.02 ─ 01...
  • Page 474 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines Storing and Recalling Limit Lines Limit lines can be stored with the configuration settings so they can be recalled for other measurements at a later time (seeChapter 11.3, "Storing and Recalling Instru- ment Settings and Measurement Data",...
  • Page 475 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines For the limit line overview, the R&S FSV/A searches for all stored limit lines with the file extension .LIN in the limits subfolder of the main installation folder. The overview allows you to determine which limit lines are available and can be used for the current measurement.
  • Page 476 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines Unit The unit in which the y-values of the data points of the limit line are defined. Compatibility Indicates whether the limit line definition is compatible with the current measurement settings.
  • Page 477 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines This setting does not have any effect on limit lines that are defined by absolute values for the x-axis. Remote command: on page 1045 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:CONTrol:OFFSet Y-Offset Shifts a limit line that has relative values for the y-axis (levels or linear units such as volt) vertically.
  • Page 478 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines Name ..........................478 Comment ........................478 Threshold ........................478 Margin ........................479 X-Axis .........................479 Y-Axis ......................... 479 Data Points .........................479 Insert Value ........................ 480 Delete Value .......................480 Shift x .........................
  • Page 479 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines Remote command: on page 1048 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:LOWer:THReshold on page 1052 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:THReshold Margin Defines a margin for the limit line. The default setting is 0 dB (i.e. no margin). For details on margins see "Limits and Margins"...
  • Page 480 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines Remote command: on page 1044 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:CONTrol[:DATA] on page 1046 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:LOWer[:DATA] on page 1049 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer[:DATA] Insert Value Inserts a data point in the limit line above the selected one in the "Edit Limit Line" dia- log box.
  • Page 481 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines 9.4.2.3 How to Define Limit Lines Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Lines" > "Limit Lines" or: [LINES] > "Line Config" > "Limit Lines" Limit lines for spurious and SEM measurements Note that for spurious and SEM measurements, special limit lines can be defined for each frequency range, see Chapter 7.6.4.2, "Limit Lines in SEM...
  • Page 482 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines How to edit existing limit lines Existing limit line configurations can be edited. 1. In the "Line Config" dialog box, select the limit line. 2. Select the "Edit" button. 3.
  • Page 483 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines ● Absolute or relative limits ● Upper or lower limit line 5. Define the data points: minimum 2, maximum 200: a) Select "Insert Value" . b) Define the x-value ( "Position"...
  • Page 484 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines How to export a limit line Limit line configurations can be stored to an ASCII file for evaluation in other programs or to be imported later for other measurements. 1.
  • Page 485 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display and Limit Lines 9.4.2.4 Reference: Limit Line File Format Limit line data can be exported to a file in ASCII (CSV) format for further evaluation in other applications. Limit lines stored in the specified ASCII (CSV) format can also be imported to the R&S FSV/A for other measurements (see "How to import a limit line"...

  • Page 486: Trace Configuration

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration 9.5 Trace Configuration A trace is a collection of measured data points. The trace settings determine how the measured data is analyzed and displayed on the screen. ●...
  • Page 487 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration The detector activated for the specific trace is indicated in the corresponding trace information by an abbreviation. Table 9-3: Detector types Detector Abbrev. Description Positive Peak Determines the largest of all positive peak values of the levels measured at the individual frequencies which are displayed in one sample point Negative Peak Determines the smallest of all negative peak values of the levels measured at...
  • Page 488 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration Measurement point n Meas. point n+1 video video Video signal signal Signal SAMPLE s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 MAX PEAK AUTO PEAK MIN PEAK You can define the trace detector to be used for the individual traces manually, or the...
  • Page 489 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration Analyzing Several Traces - Trace Mode If several sweep are performed one after the other, or continuous sweep are per- formed, the trace mode determines how the data for subsequent traces is processed. After each sweep, the trace mode determines whether: ●...
  • Page 490 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration If you change any parameters that affect the scaling of the diagram axes, the R&S FSV/A automatically adapts the trace data to the changed display range. This allows you to zoom into the diagram after the measurement to show details of the trace.
  • Page 491 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration After the selected number of sweeps, the average trace is saved in the trace mem- ory. Until this number of sweeps is reached, a preliminary average is displayed. When the averaging length defined by the "Sweep Count"...
  • Page 492 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration Figure 9-13: Sample size included in trace smoothing Effects of smoothing on post-processing functions Note that in Spectrum mode, all functions performed after the sweep, such as limit checks, markers, or channel power measurements, are based on the smoothed trace data.
  • Page 493 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration Trace 1 / Trace 2 / Trace 3 / Trace 4 / Trace 5 / Trace 6 ..........493 Trace Mode ........................ 493 Detector ........................494 Hold ..........................494 Smoothing ........................
  • Page 494 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration "Min Hold" The minimum value is determined from several measurements and displayed. The R&S FSV/A saves each trace point in the trace mem- ory only if the new value is lower than the previous one. The "Detector"...
  • Page 495 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration power measurements, are based on the smoothed trace data. Thus, the results will dif- fer from results based on the original trace. For more information see "Trace Smoothing" on page 491.
  • Page 496 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration Function Trace Settings Preset All Traces Trace 1: Clear Write Auto Detector (Auto Peak) Traces 2-6: Blank Auto Detector Set Trace Mode Trace 1: Max Hold Max | Avg | Min Auto Detector (Positive Peak) Trace 2: Average...
  • Page 497 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration 9.5.1.3 How to Configure a Standard Trace Step-by-step instructions on configuring the trace settings are provided here. For details on individual functions and settings see Chapter 9.5.1.2, "Trace Settings", on page 492.

  • Page 498: Spectrograms

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration 9.5.2 Spectrograms 9.5.2.1 Working with Spectrograms In addition to the standard "level versus frequency" or "level versus time" traces, the R&S FSV/A also provides a spectrogram display of the measured data. A spectrogram shows how the spectral density of a signal varies over time.
  • Page 499 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration Figure 9-14: Screen layout of the spectrogram result display 1 = Spectrum result display 2 = Spectrogram result display 3 = Marker list 4 = Marker 5 = Delta marker 6 = Color map 7 = Timestamp / frame number 8 = Current frame indicator...
  • Page 500 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration time frame or simply "frame". As with standard spectrum traces, several measured values are combined in one sweep point using the selected detector. (See "Mapping Samples to sweep Points with the Trace Detector" on page 486).
  • Page 501 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration If you combine the two settings, 20 sweeps will be performed for each single sweep measurement. The first 10 will be averaged to create the first frame, the next 10 will be averaged to create the second frame.
  • Page 502 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration In the spectrogram result display, you can activate up to 16 markers or delta markers at the same time. Each marker can be assigned to a different frame. Therefore, in addition to the frequency you also define the frame number when activating a new marker.
  • Page 503 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration ing to the size of the window. All other spectrogram settings are identical for 3-dimen- sional and 2-dimensional spectrograms. When the measurement is stopped or completed, the currently selected frame is indi- cated by a gray vertical plane.
  • Page 504 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration The color display is highly configurable to adapt the spectrograms to your needs. You can define: ● Which colors to use (Color scheme) ● Which value range to apply the color scheme to ●...
  • Page 505 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration becomes non-linear. The slope of the color curve increases or decreases. One end of the color palette then covers a large range of results, while the other end distributes several colors over a relatively small result range.
  • Page 506 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration Example: In the color map based on the linear color curve, the range from -100 dBm to -60 dBm is covered by blue and a few shades of green only. The range from -60 dBm to -20 dBm is covered by red, yellow and a few shades of green.
  • Page 507 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration Figure 9-17: Spectrogram with non-linear color curve (shape = -0.5) 9.5.2.2 Spectrogram Settings Access: [TRACE] > "Spectrogram Config" The individual settings available for spectrogram display are described here. For set- tings on color mapping, see "Color Map Settings"...
  • Page 508 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration State..........................508 3D Spectrogram State....................508 Select Frame.......................509 History Depth ......................509 3-D Display Depth....................... 509 Time Stamp ........................ 509 Color Mapping ......................509 Continuous Sweep / Run Cont ...................509 Single Sweep / Run Single ..................510 Clear Spectrogram...
  • Page 509 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration Remote command: on page 968 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:THReedim[:STATe] Select Frame Selects a specific frame, loads the corresponding trace from the memory, and displays it in the Spectrum window. Note that activating a marker or changing the position of the active marker automati- cally selects the frame that belongs to that marker.
  • Page 510 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration While the measurement is running, the "Continuous Sweep" softkey and the [RUN CONT] key are highlighted. The running measurement can be aborted by selecting the highlighted softkey or key again. The results are not deleted until a new measurement is started.
  • Page 511 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration For more information on color maps see "Color Maps" on page 503. For details on changing color mapping settings see "How to Configure the Color Mapping" on page 514. In addition to the available color settings, the dialog box displays the current color map and provides a preview of the display with the current settings.
  • Page 512 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration "0" Colors are distributed linearly among the values ">0 to 1" More colors are distributed among the higher values Remote command: on page 971 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor:SHAPe Hot / Cold / Radar / Grayscale Sets the color scheme for the spectrogram.
  • Page 513 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration a) Select the [TRACE] key and then the "Spectrogram Config" softkey. b) Toggle "Spectrogram" to "On" . 2. To clear an existing spectrogram display, select "Clear Spectrogram" . 3.
  • Page 514 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration a) Select the [TRACE] key and then the "Spectrogram Config" softkey. b) Select the "History Depth" softkey. c) Enter the maximum number of frames to store. 3. Optionally, replace the frame number by a time stamp by toggling the "Time Stamp" softkey to "On"...
  • Page 515 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration 2. Select and drag the top color curve slider (indicated by a gray box at the right of the color curve pane) to the highest value you want to include in the color mapping. To set the value range of the color map numerically 1.

  • Page 516: Trace Math

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration To set the color curve shape graphically using the slider ► Select and drag the color curve shape slider (indicated by a gray box in the middle of the color curve) to the left or right.
  • Page 517 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Trace Configuration Trace Math Function ....................517 Trace Math Off ......................517 Trace Math Position ....................517 Trace Math Mode ....................... 517 Trace Math Function Defines which trace is subtracted from trace 1. The result is displayed in trace 1. The result refers to the zero point defined with the Trace Math Position setting.

  • Page 518: Importing And Exporting Measurement Results For Evaluation

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation "Lin" Activates linear subtraction, which means that the power level values are converted into linear units prior to subtraction. After the subtrac- tion, the data is converted back into its original unit.

  • Page 519: Displaying A Reference Trace - Importing Trace Data

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation ● Displaying a Reference Trace - Importing Trace Data.......... 519 ● Trace/Data Ex/Import.................... 520 ● How to Import Traces....................523 ● How to Export Trace Data and Numerical Results..........524 ●...

  • Page 520: Trace/Data Ex/Import

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Example: The import file contains trace 1, trace 2, and trace 4. The current result display has 4 active traces. "Import to Trace" = 2: trace 2 of the import file is displayed as trace 2 in the result dis- play.
  • Page 521 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Export all Traces and all Table Results ..............521 Include Instrument & Measurement Settings ............. 521 Trace to Export ......................521 Decimal Separator .....................
  • Page 522 ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Remote command: on page 1060 FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator Export Trace to ASCII File Saves the selected trace or all traces in the currently active result display to the speci- fied file and directory in the selected ASCII format.

  • Page 523: How To Import Traces

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation For details, see Chapter 5.1.7, "Protecting Data Using the Secure User Mode", on page 42. Remote command: on page 979 MMEMory:STORe<n>:TRACe on page 1086 MMEMory:STORe<n>:SPECtrogram File Type ←...

  • Page 524: How To Export Trace Data And Numerical Results

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation To import trace data 1. Press the [Trace] key. 2. Select "Trace Config" > "Trace / Data Export" / "Import" . 3. Select "Import All Traces" to import traces for all the currently active traces, or select a specific trace to be imported in "Import to Trace"...

  • Page 525: How To Export A Peak List

    ® ® Common Analysis and Display Functions R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation 9.6.5 How to Export a Peak List You can save the results of a marker peak list to an ASCII file. 1. Press the [MKR FUNCT] key. 2.

  • Page 526: Optimizing Measurements

    ® ® Optimizing Measurements R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Improving Averaging Results 10 Optimizing Measurements 10.1 Minimizing the Measurement Duration If you want to minimize the measurement duration, try the following methods to opti- mize the measurement: ● Reduce the span of the measurement to the relevant parts of the signal only. ●...
  • Page 527 ® ® Optimizing Measurements R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Improving Averaging Results Generally, a higher sweep time leads to more data to be averaged and thus stabilizes the results. In FFT mode, a higher sweep time means more FFTs are calculated and combined per bin.

  • Page 528: Data Management

    ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Restoring the Default Instrument Configuration (Preset) 11 Data Management The R&S FSV/A allows you to store and load instrument settings, as well as import and export measurement data for analysis later. Finally, you can store or print the measure- ment results displayed on the screen.

  • Page 529: Protecting Data Using The Secure User Mode

    ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Protecting Data Using the Secure User Mode To restore the default configuration for a single channel The default measurement settings can also be reset for an individual channel only, rather than resetting the entire instrument. ►...
  • Page 530 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Protecting Data Using the Secure User Mode Limited storage space The volatile memory used to store data in secure user mode is restricted to 256 MB. Thus, a "Memory full" error can occur although the hard disk indicates that storage space is still available.

  • Page 531: Storing And Recalling Instrument Settings And Measurement Data

    ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Switching users when using the automatic login function In the "Start" menu, select the arrow next to the "Shut down" button and then "Log off". The "Login"...

  • Page 532: Quick Save/Quick Recall

    ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Saving instrument settings in secure user mode Be sure to store instrument settings that you require beyond the current session before SecureUser Mode is enabled; see Chapter 5.1.7, "Protecting Data Using the Secure User Mode",...
  • Page 533 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data limit line or transducer files (see Chapter 11.3.2.1, "Stored Data Types", on page 535). Saving instrument settings in secure user mode Settings that are saved via Quick Save in secure user mode are stored to the SDRAM, and are only available during the current session.

  • Page 534: Configurable Storage And Recall

    ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data QuickSave 1 / ... / QuickSave 10 ................534 Storage Type (Save only) ...................534 Recall ......................... 534 QuickSave 1 / ... / QuickSave 10 Selects one of the save sets to store the current settings in or to be recalled.
  • Page 535 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data 11.3.2.1 Stored Data Types The following types of data can be stored to and loaded from files via the "Save" dialog box on the R&S FSV/A: Table 11-1: Items that can be stored to files Item Description...
  • Page 536 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Access: "Save" / "Open" icon in the toolbar > "Save" / "Recall" Both dialog boxes are very similar and closely related. Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files............536 File Name ........................537...
  • Page 537 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data For details, see Chapter 5.1.7, "Protecting Data Using the Secure User Mode", on page 42. Remote command: on page 1061 MMEMory:CATalog File Name Contains the name of the data file without the path or extension. By default, the name of a user file consists of a base name followed by an underscore.
  • Page 538 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Remote command: on page 1072 MMEMory:STORe<n>:STATe on page 1072 MMEMory:STORe<n>:STATe:NEXT Recall in New Channel / Recall in Current Channel Restores the instrument settings as saved in the selected settings file. If the settings file contains settings for a specific "Channel"...
  • Page 539 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Startup Recall ......................539 Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files............539 File Name ........................539 Comment ........................539 Startup Recall Activates or deactivates the startup recall function. If activated, the settings stored in the selected file are loaded each time the instrument is started or preset.

  • Page 540: How To Save And Load Instrument Settings

    ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data 11.3.3 How to Save and Load Instrument Settings Instrument settings can be saved to a file and loaded again later, so that you can repeat the measurement with the same settings.

  • Page 541: Import/Export Functions

    ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Import/Export Functions If you make any changes to the settings after storing the configuration file, remember to save the settings again. Otherwise those settings cannot be restored and will be overwritten by the stored values when the configuration file is recalled. To recall configurable instrument settings 1.
  • Page 542 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Import/Export Functions Access (Import I/Q data): [Input Output] > "Input Source Config" > "I/Q File" The R&S FSV/A provides various evaluation methods for the results of the performed measurements. However, you may want to evaluate the data with further, external applications.
  • Page 543 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Import/Export Functions Opens a submenu to configure data export. Export Trace to ASCII File ← Export Saves the selected trace or all traces in the currently active result display to the speci- fied file and directory in the selected ASCII format.
  • Page 544 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Import/Export Functions For details, see Chapter 5.1.7, "Protecting Data Using the Secure User Mode", on page 42. Remote command: on page 979 MMEMory:STORe<n>:TRACe on page 1086 MMEMory:STORe<n>:SPECtrogram File Type ← Export Trace to ASCII File ← Export Determines the format of the ASCII file to be imported or exported.

  • Page 545: Creating Screenshots Of Current Measurement Results And Settings

    ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 11.5 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings To document the graphical results and the most important settings for the currently per- formed measurement, you can create a screenshot of the current display. Screenshots can either be printed or stored to a file.
  • Page 546 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Print Screenshot ......................546 Print Multiple Windows ....................547 Comment ........................547 Print Logo ........................547 Print Page Count ......................547 Select Device 1/2 ....................... 547 Print Dialog .........................548 Print Date and Time ....................
  • Page 547 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Remote command: on page 1075 HCOPy:CONTent Print Multiple Windows Includes only the selected windows in the printout. All currently active windows for the current channel (or "MultiView" ) are available for selection. How many windows are printed on a single page of the printout is user-definable (see "...
  • Page 548 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Two different printout devices can be configured, for example one for printing and one for storage to a file. When you execute the "Print immediately" function, the selected printing device and its settings determine the behavior of the R&S FSV/A.
  • Page 549 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Zoom In / Zoom Out ....................549 Fit Page ........................550 Zoom 1:1 ........................550 Page Up / Page Down ....................550 Print ..........................550 Zoom In / Zoom Out Zooms into (enlarges) or zooms out of (decreases) the preview display.
  • Page 550 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Fit Page Adapts the preview display zoom factor so that one complete page is visible as large as possible in the available display space. Note that the zoom functions affect only the preview, not the printout itself.
  • Page 551 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Printer settings are (printing) device-specific. That means you can configure two differ- ent printing devices (for example, a printer and a file) and switch between configura- tions easily simply by selecting the appropriate device before printing.
  • Page 552 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Destination Defines the medium to which the printout is output. "File" Stores the printout to a file in the selected format. The filename is queried at the time of storage, or a default name is used (see Sup- press File Name Dialog...
  • Page 553 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings For further information, refer to the Microsoft Windows documentation. 11.5.1.4 Page Setup Access: "Print" > "Print Config" > "Page Setup" tab Page settings are (printing) device-specific. That means you can configure two differ- ent printing devices (for example, a printer and a file) and switch between configura- tions easily simply by selecting the appropriate device before printing.
  • Page 554 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Two different printout devices can be configured, for example one for printing and one for storage to a file. When you execute the "Print immediately" function, the selected printing device and its settings determine the behavior of the R&S FSV/A.

  • Page 555: How To Store Or Print Screenshots Of The Display

    ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings The settings provided here are identical to those in the "Print Colors" section of the "Display" > "Theme + Color" dialog box. " Print Colors " on page 573.
  • Page 556 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings To print a screenshot This configuration assumes a printer has already been installed. To install a new printer, use the Install Printer function (common Microsoft Windows procedure). 1.
  • Page 557 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 9. To print another screenshot using the same configuration any other time, simply press the "Print immediate" icon at the far right end of the toolbar. If you use different printing scenarios alternately, perform the following steps to print another screenshot: a) Select the...

  • Page 558: Example For Storing Multiple Measurement Results To A Pdf File

    ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 9. In the "Color" tab, define the colors to be used for the printout. a) By default, "Optimized Colors" are used to improve the visibility of the colors. The background is always printed in white and the grid in black.
  • Page 559 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 3. Select the "Printer" tool in the toolbar. The "Print Settings" dialog box is displayed. 4. Select "Device 1" to configure the settings for this printing device. 5.
  • Page 560 ® ® Data Management R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings b) Use the zoom functions to make sure all relevant parts of the result display are visible. 18. Select "Print" to execute the print function. The selected data elements are stored to the file as configured.

  • Page 561: General Instrument Setup

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Alignment 12 General Instrument Setup Access: [SETUP] Some basic instrument settings can be configured independently of the selected oper- ating mode or application. Usually, you will configure most of these settings initially when you set up the instrument according to your personal preferences or require- ments and then only adapt individual settings to special circumstances when neces- sary.
  • Page 562 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Alignment During instrument start, the firmware checks whether the installed hardware is suppor- ted. If not, an error message is displayed ( "Wrong Firmware Version" ) and you are asked to update the firmware. Until the firmware version is updated, self-alignment fails.

  • Page 563: Alignment Settings

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Alignment ● If you notice that touching a specific point on the screen does not achieve the cor- rect response ● If the position of the instrument has been changed and you cannot look straight on the screen ●...
  • Page 564 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Alignment Self-alignment results in secure user mode Be sure to store self-alignment results before SecureUser Mode is enabled; see Chap- ter 5.1.7, "Protecting Data Using the Secure User Mode", on page 42. In secure user mode, the results are not stored permanently.

  • Page 565: How To Perform A Self-Test

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Alignment Note: If you start a self-alignment remotely, then select the "Local" softkey while the alignment is still running, the instrument only returns to the manual operation state after the alignment is completed. In this case, you cannot abort a self-alignment man- ually.

  • Page 566: How To Align The Instrument

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Alignment Operating temperature Before performing this functional test, make sure that the instrument has reached its operating temperature (for details, refer to the data sheet). 1. Press the [SETUP] key. 2. Press the "Service" softkey. 3.

  • Page 567: Display Settings

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings A blinking cross appears in the lower left corner of the screen. 4. Touch and hold the blinking cross until it stops blinking. Repeat this action for the crosses in the other corners. 12.2 Display Settings 12.2.1 Display Settings Access: [Setup] >...
  • Page 568 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings Deactivating and Activating the Touchscreen ............568 Display Update Rate ....................568 Set Date and Time ..................... 568 Date and Time Format ....................568 Deactivating and Activating the Touchscreen The touchscreen function can be deactivated, e.g.
  • Page 569 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings Toolbar ........................569 Status Bar ........................570 Softkey Bar .........................570 Channel Bar ....................... 570 Diagram Footer (Annotation) ..................570 Date and Time ......................570 Front Panel .........................570 Mini Front Panel ......................571 Toolbar The toolbar provides access to frequently used functions via icons at the top of the screen.
  • Page 570 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings Status Bar The status bar beneath the diagram indicates the global instrument settings, the instru- ment status and any irregularities during measurement or display. Some of the information displayed in the status bar can be queried from the status reg- istry via remote commands, see Chapter 14.11, "Using the Status Register",...
  • Page 571 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings To activate or deactivate the front panel temporarily, press the [F6] key on the external keyboard (if available) or the remote computer. For more information, see Chapter 12.2.3, "How to Work with the Soft Front Panels", on page 579.
  • Page 572 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings Note: You can also activate the mini front panel using the key combination [ALT + m] (be aware of the keyboard language defined in the operating system!). That is useful when you are working from a remote PC and the front panel function is not active.
  • Page 573 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings Theme ........................573 Screen Colors ......................573 Print Colors ........................ 573 Showing Print Colors on Display.................574 Modifying User-Defined Color Assignments............... 574 └ Selecting the Object..................575 └ Predefined Colors ..................575 └...
  • Page 574 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings In addition to the predefined settings, a user-defined color set can be configured (see "Defining User-specific Colors" on page 576). If "Show Print Colors on Display" is activated, the currently selected print colors are displayed as a preview for your selection.
  • Page 575 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings Selecting the Object ← Modifying User-Defined Color Assignments Selects the object for which the color is to be defined. Colors can be defined for the following objects: ● Background ●...
  • Page 576 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings Defining User-specific Colors In addition to the colors in the predefined color set you can configure a user-specific color to be used for the selected object. When you select "Userdefined Colors..." , the set of predefined colors is replaced by a color palette and color configuration settings.
  • Page 577 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings 12.2.1.4 External Monitor Settings Access: [Setup] > "Display" > "Configure Monitor" You can connect an external monitor (or projector) to the DVI or display port connector on the instrument's rear panel (see the R&S FSV/A getting started manual). Screen resolution and format The touchscreen of the R&S FSV/A is calibrated for a 16:10 format.

  • Page 578: How To Configure The Colors For Display And Printing

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings These options concern the behavior of the firmware for touch gestures on the screen. Note that these settings remain unchanged after a channel preset. Level Lock........................578 X-Lock......................... 578 Y-Lock.........................

  • Page 579: How To Work With The Soft Front Panels

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Display Settings 2. Select the "Theme + Color" tab. 3. In the "Screen Colors" area, do one of the following: ● Select a predefined set of colors for screen display. ● Select "User Defined Colors"...

  • Page 580: Event-Based Actions

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Event-based Actions To activate a key, select the key on the touchscreen. To simulate the use of the rotary knob, use the additional keys displayed between the keypad and the arrow keys: Icon Function Turn left...

  • Page 581: Managing Rules

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Event-based Actions Some general conditions apply to event-based actions: ● Rules are defined globally. However, you must activate each rule for each applica- tion individually. ● Only the currently active measurement channel processes rules. ●...

  • Page 582: Defining Rules

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Event-based Actions Rule State Enables/disables processing of the defined rule for the currently active channel only. Note that the application does not perform a validity check on the rules. For example, if you change or delete the required command file for a rule, the rule becomes invalid.
  • Page 583 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Event-based Actions Rule Name........................584 Choose Event......................584 └ Limit Line.......................584 └ Limit Line.................... 584 └ Trigger Condition................584 └ Window No..................584 └ Marker Y Pos....................584 └ Marker No................... 584 └...
  • Page 584 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Event-based Actions Rule Name Defines the unique name for the actions to be taken under specific conditions. Choose Event Defines the event that triggers the action. Depending on the selected event, further parameters are available. Limit Line ←...
  • Page 585 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Event-based Actions Value ← Marker Y Pos ← Choose Event Value with which the marker value is compared. Result Value ← Choose Event The value of a specific result triggers the actions. Depending on the currently selected measurement, different result values are available (see Chapter 7, "Measurements and Results",...
  • Page 586 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Event-based Actions For example, to define a rule based on the spectrum emission mask Tx power, the SEM measurement must be active in the selected application before configuring the rule. Result ← Limit Check ← Choose Event The measurement result for which a limit check is performed (see also Chapter 12.3.4, "Reference: Overview of Available...
  • Page 587 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Event-based Actions ● [Time]: =[Hour]-[Minute]-[Second] Example: The definition ScreenShot_[Date]_[Time] creates file names such as ScreenShot_2018-12-14_12-49-51.PNG, ScreenShot_2018-12-14_12-50-01.PNG. Format ← Store Screenshot ← Choose Action Defines the image file format Stop Cont Sweep ← Choose Action Stops a continuous sweep.

  • Page 588: Debugging Rules With The Eba-Journal

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Event-based Actions Add Action Adds another action to be taken when the specified events occur. You can define up to 3 different actions. The order in which the actions are defined is irrelevant. If several actions are scheduled due to one or more rules, the actions are performed in the following order (if specified): ●...

  • Page 589: Reference: Overview Of Available Result-Events

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Event-based Actions Debug / Info / Warning / Error Determines which level of information is provided in the journal, depending on its importance. Each level displays information of the selected level or higher. The type of information is indicated in the log display.

  • Page 590: Application Starter

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Application Starter Measurement Result Limit check OBW Occ BW OBW Occ BW Freq Offset Statistics APD Crest (TRC <1-6>) CCDF Crest (TRC <1-6>) Spectrum Emission Mask Spectrum Emission Mask Tx Power Spectrum Emission Mask Spurious Emissions Spurious Emissions...
  • Page 591 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Application Starter └ Parameters....................591 └ Display Name....................591 └ Choose Icon....................591 Application icons Start the selected application directly on the R&S FSV/A. Any application windows, outputs, or results are displayed on the R&S FSV/A screen. Add Application Opens the "Add Applications"...

  • Page 592: How To Work With The Application Starter

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers 12.4.2 How to Work With the Application Starter To start an application 1. Select the Application Starter icon from the toolbar. The "Start Applications" dialog box is displayed. 2. If necessary, add the required application to the dialog box. a) Select "Add Application".
  • Page 593 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers level can be adapted automatically to restore the original dynamic range. The refer- ence level is shifted by the maximum transducer factor. By default, if transducers are active the reference level function is adapted automatically to obtain the best dynamic performance.

  • Page 594: Transducer Settings

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers Transducer factors can also be stored with the configuration settings so they can be recalled for other measurements at a later time. Note, however, that any changes made to the transducer factors after storing the configuration file cannot be restored and will be overwritten by the stored values when the configuration file is recalled.
  • Page 595 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers For the transducer line overview, the R&S FSV/A searches for all stored transducer lines with the file extension .TDF in the C:\Program Files\Rohde-Schwarz\FSV3000\<version>\trd directory. The overview allows you to determine which transducer lines are available and can be used for the current measurement.
  • Page 596 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers The following units are available: ● ● ● dBmV ● dBμV ● dBμV/m ● dBμA ● dBμA/m ● dBpW ● dBpT Compatibility Indicates whether the transducer factors are compatible with the current measurement settings.
  • Page 597 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers Edit Line Edit an existing transducer line configuration. Copy Line Copy the selected transducer line configuration to create a new line. Delete Line Delete the selected transducer line. Remote command: on page 1099 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete 12.5.2.2...
  • Page 598 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers Name Defines the transducer line name. All names must be compatible with the Windows 10 conventions for file names. The transducer data is stored under this name (with a .TDF extension) in the C:\Program Files\Rohde-Schwarz\FSV3000\<version>\trd directory.

  • Page 599: Reference: Transducer Factor File Format

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers Delete Value Deletes the selected data point in the "Edit Transducer" dialog box. Shift x Shifts the x-value of each data point horizontally by the defined shift width. Shift y Shifts the y-value of each data point vertically by the defined shift width.

  • Page 600: How To Configure The Transducer

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers Table 12-1: ASCII file format for transducer factor files File contents Description Header data sep=; Separator for individual values (required by Microsoft Excel, for example) Type;RS_TransducerFactor; Type of data FileFormatVersion;1.00; File format version Date;01.Oct 2006;...
  • Page 601 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers ● "How to configure a new transducer line" on page 602 ● "How to move the transducer line vertically or horizontally" on page 603 How to find compatible transducer lines ►...
  • Page 602 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers 4. Edit the line configuration as described in "How to configure a new transducer line" on page 602. 5. Save the new configuration by selecting the "Save" button. The new transducer line is displayed in the overview and can be activated. How to delete an existing transducer line 1.
  • Page 603 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Transducers How to move the transducer line vertically or horizontally A configured transducer line can easily be moved vertically or horizontally. Thus, a new transducer line can be easily generated based upon an existing transducer line which has been shifted.

  • Page 604: Frequency Response Correction (R&S Fsv/A-K544)

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency Response Correction (R&S FSV/A-K544) You are asked whether you would like to save the current configuration on the R&S FSV/A first. 4. Select the file name of the transducer factor. 5.
  • Page 605 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency Response Correction (R&S FSV/A-K544) Transducer vs filter function Touchstone files are handled similarly to transducer files by the R&S FSV/A. However, while a transducer adapts the frequency values by a fixed factor, Touchstone files act as a filter on I/Q input data.
  • Page 606 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency Response Correction (R&S FSV/A-K544) Correcting data in one or more applications While transducer files are always used for all measurements on the instrument, .snp and .fres files can be configured either for the current application only, or for all mea- surement channels.

  • Page 607: User-Defined Frequency Response Correction Settings

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency Response Correction (R&S FSV/A-K544) Imported I/Q data Correction factors are not applied to input from I/Q data files during import. Data from these files is imported as it was stored. However, if any correction factors were applied to the stored data, for example from Touchstone files, the imported data contains those corrections.
  • Page 608 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency Response Correction (R&S FSV/A-K544) Clear Settings......................609 Touchstone File Information..................609 └ ID........................609 └ Filename....................... 609 └ Active......................609 └ To - From.......................609 Add Touchstone File....................610 Remove File........................ 610 Move File Up or Down....................610 Frequency Response active..................610...
  • Page 609 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency Response Correction (R&S FSV/A-K544) Only .dfl files can be loaded. The default storage directory for correction files is C:\R_S\INSTR\USER\FResponse. Remote command: on page 1108 [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:LOAD Save Settings Stores a saveset for a user-defined frequency response correction scenario. As for all instrument settings, a .dfl file is created for the correction data.
  • Page 610 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency Response Correction (R&S FSV/A-K544) Remote command: on page 1112 [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:SLISt<sli>:PORTs:TO [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:SLISt<sli>:PORTs:FROM on page 1111 Add Touchstone File Loads a new Touchstone file for the current configuration. The maximum number of files per configuration is 15.
  • Page 611 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency Response Correction (R&S FSV/A-K544) Filename ← Frequency Response File Information Name of a loaded Touchstone file. Magnitude ← Frequency Response File Information Activates or deactivates the use of the correction data in the selected file for magnitude results.
  • Page 612 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency Response Correction (R&S FSV/A-K544) Figure 12-1: Preview of selected user correction file Remote command: [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:FLISt<fli>:DATA:FREQuency? on page 1104 [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:FLISt<fli>:DATA:MAGNitude? on page 1104 [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:FLISt<fli>:DATA:PHASe? on page 1104 [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:SLISt<sli>:DATA: on page 1109 FREQuency<spi>? [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:SLISt<sli>:DATA: on page 1109...
  • Page 613 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Frequency Response Correction (R&S FSV/A-K544) Figure 12-2: IQ Mode preview of user correction files Remote command: on page 1108 [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:IQ:DATA:FREQuency? on page 1108 [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:IQ:DATA:MAGNitude? on page 1108 [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:IQ:DATA:PHASe? Spectrum Mode ← Preview The preview in Spectrum Mode indicates the frequency ranges covered by the individ- ual correction files.

  • Page 614: Reference Frequency Settings

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Reference Frequency Settings Figure 12-3: Spectrum Mode preview of user correction files Remote command: [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:SPECtrum:DATA:FREQuency? on page 1114 [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:SPECtrum:DATA:MAGNitude? on page 1114 [SENSe:]CORRection:FRESponse:USER:SPECtrum:DATA:PHASe? on page 1114 12.7 Reference Frequency Settings Access: [Setup] > "Reference" User Manual 1178.8520.02 ─...
  • Page 615 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Reference Frequency Settings Reference Frequency Input..................615 └ Behavior in case of missing external reference..........616 └ Frequency..................... 616 └ Loop Bandwidth.................... 616 Reference Frequency Output..................616 Resetting the Default Values..................617 Reference Frequency Input The R&S FSV/A can use the internal reference source or an external reference source as the frequency standard for all internal oscillators.
  • Page 616 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Reference Frequency Settings Table 12-2: Available Reference Frequency Input Setting Source Frequency Loop Bandwidth Description Connector Internal (OCXO) 10 MHz 0.3 Hz Internal reference signal or optional OCXO External Reference REF IN 1 10 MHz to 100 MHz 0.3 Hz to 100 Hz Variable external reference frequency...

  • Page 617: System Configuration Settings

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 System Configuration Settings Resetting the Default Values The values for the "Frequency" and "Loop Bandwidth" are stored for each source of "Reference Frequency Input". When you switch the input source, the previously defined settings are restored. You can restore the default values for all input sources using the "Preset Channel"...

  • Page 618: Information On Versions And Options

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 System Configuration Settings 12.8.2 Information on Versions and Options Access: [Setup] > "System Configuration" > "Versions + Options" Information on the firmware version and options installed on your instrument is provi- ded.

  • Page 619: System Messages

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 System Configuration Settings For details on options refer to the "Getting Started" manual, "Checking the Supplied Items". Remote commands: on page 1133 SYSTem:FORMat:IDENt on page 1129 DIAGnostic:SERVice:BIOSinfo? on page 1130 DIAGnostic:SERVice:VERSinfo? Open Source Acknowledgment: Open Displays a PDF file containing information on open source code used by the R&S FSV/A firmware.

  • Page 620: Firmware Updates

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 System Configuration Settings If the number of error messages exceeds the capacity of the error buffer, "Message Buffer Overflow" is displayed. To clear the message buffer use the "Clear All Mes- sages"...
  • Page 621 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 System Configuration Settings sentative or check the Rohde&Schwarz website for availability of firmware updates. A firmware update package includes at least a setup file and release notes. Before updating the firmware on your instrument, read the release notes delivered with the firmware version.

  • Page 622: General Configuration Settings

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 System Configuration Settings If a measurement is running, stop it by pressing the highlighted [Run Cont] or [Run Single] key. 3. Select the [Setup] key. 4. Select the "System Config" softkey. 5.
  • Page 623 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 System Configuration Settings SecureUser Mode If activated, the R&S FSV/A requires a reboot and then automatically logs in using the "SecureUser" account. Data that the R&S FSV/A normally stores on the solid-state drive is redirected to vola- tile memory instead.

  • Page 624: Signal Generator Settings

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 System Configuration Settings To display the onscreen keyboard, select "Keyboard" . Number block behavior Defines the default behavior of the keypad on the front panel of the R&S FSV/A for text input. Depending on the type of values you most frequently enter using the key- pad, a different default is useful.

  • Page 625: Service Functions

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Service Functions Exception: The SCPI Recorder maintains control of the generator even if you switch applications. Select "Test Connection" on page 625 to establish a temporary connection from the R&S FSV/A to the specified signal generator. If a connection to a signal generator is already configured, the connection data is provi- ded for information only.

  • Page 626: R&S Support Information

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Service Functions 12.9.1 R&S Support Information Access: [Setup] > "Service" > "R&S Support" In case of errors you can store useful information for troubleshooting and send it to your Rohde & Schwarz support center. Create R&S Support Information ................

  • Page 627: Self-Test Settings And Results

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Service Functions Save Device Footprint Creates an *.xml file with information on installed hardware, software, image and FPGA versions. The *.xml file is stored under C:\Program Files\Rohde-Schwarz\FSV3000\<version>\devicedata\xml\ on the instrument. It is also included in the service ZIP file (see "...

  • Page 628: Calibration Signal Display

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Service Functions 12.9.3 Calibration Signal Display Access: [Setup] > "Service" > "Calibration Signal" Alternatively to the RF input signal from the front panel connector you can use the instrument's calibration signal as the input signal, for example to perform service func- tions on.

  • Page 629: Service Functions

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Service Functions "Broadband" Used to calibrate the IF filter. Remote command: on page 1096 DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut:RF[:SPECtrum] Frequency ← Calibration Frequency RF Defines the frequency of the internal broadband calibration signal to be used for IF fil- ter calibration (max.
  • Page 630 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Service Functions Service Function ......................630 Send ...........................630 Numeric Mode ......................630 Clear History ......................630 Password ........................630 Clear Results ......................631 Save Results ......................631 Result List ........................631 Service Function Selects the service function by its numeric code or textual name.

  • Page 631: Hardware Diagnostics

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Service Functions "Reset Password" clears any previously entered password and returns to the most restrictive service level. Remote command: on page 1137 SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable] on page 1137 SYSTem:PASSword:RESet Clear Results Clears the result display for all previously performed service functions. Remote command: on page 1136 DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction:RESults:DELete...

  • Page 632: Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration Relays Cycle Counter The hardware relays built into the R&S FSV/A may fail after a large number of switch- ing cycles (see data sheet). The counter indicates how many switching cycles the indi- vidual relays have performed since they were installed.
  • Page 633 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration When you couple a parameter across all active measurement channels, a change in the currently selected application is passed on to all other active measurement chan- nels. Synchronizing parameters across all measurement channels........633 Selecting all or no coupling...

  • Page 634: User-Defined Parameter Coupling

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration 12.10.2 User-Defined Parameter Coupling Access: [SETUP] > "Parameter Coupling" > "User Coupling" User couplings allow you to synchronize user-defined parameters, as well as markers and lines, between measurement channels. Compared to the predefined couplings, user couplings do not necessarily have to syn- chronize all active measurement channels.
  • Page 635 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration Index Index of the user-defined parameter coupling, used to identify the definition in remote operation. Remote command: on page 1148 INSTrument:COUPle:USER<uc>:NUMBers:LIST? Edit coupling definition Opens a dialog box to edit the selected coupling. See "Add New User Coupling"...
  • Page 636 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration Info Shows information for the selected coupling, for example, restrictions regarding the coupling. Note that usually, no information is displayed. Remote command: on page 1145 INSTrument:COUPle:USER<uc>:INFO Delete All Deletes all current coupling definitions.

  • Page 637: Generator Coupling

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration ● All channels Remote command: on page 1144 INSTrument:COUPle:USER<uc>:CHANnel:LIST? Specifics for Window ← Add New User Coupling Selects the windows of the selected channel for which the parameters are coupled. This setting is only available for Analog Demodulation channels.
  • Page 638 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration IP Address or Computer name of Signal Generator........... 638 Connect/Disconnect....................639 Coupling State......................639 Center Frequency....................... 639 Generator Frequency Offset..................639 Reference level......................639 Generator Reference Level Offset................640 IP Address or Computer name of Signal Generator The IP address or computer name of the signal generator connected to the R&S FSV/A via LAN.
  • Page 639 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration Select "Test Connection" on page 625 to establish a temporary connection from the R&S FSV/A to the specified signal generator. If a connection to a signal generator is already configured, the connection data is provi- ded for information only.

  • Page 640: How To Synchronize Parameters

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration Generator Reference Level Offset Defines a fixed offset to the reference level of the R&S FSV/A for the coupled signal generator. This setting requires the Coupling State to be enabled.

  • Page 641: Example For A User-Defined Parameter Coupling

    ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration a) Select the second channel for coupling from the "Channel 2" list b) Select the parameter to which the first parameter is coupled from the "Coupling Element 2" list. c) For Analog Demodulation channels and frequency markers only, select the individual windows (in the frequency domain) from the second Analog Demodu- lation channel to couple.
  • Page 642 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration Synchronizing all Spectrum channels The following example demonstrates how to synchronize the center frequency in all Spectrum application channels, while the VSA and Analog Demodulation applications remain independent. 1.
  • Page 643 ® ® General Instrument Setup R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Synchronizing Measurement Channel Configuration Synchronizing markers in Analog Demodulation windows Now you have two Analog Demodulation channels. AnaDemod1 has an FM Spectrum and an FM Time Domain window. AnaDemod2 has an RF Spectrum and an RF Time Domain window.

  • Page 644: Network And Remote Operation

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics 13 Network and Remote Operation In addition to working with the R&S FSV/A interactively, located directly at the instru- ment, it is also possible to operate and control it from a remote PC. Various methods for remote control are supported: ●...
  • Page 645 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Table 13-1: Remote control interfaces and protocols Interface Remarks Protocols, VISA address string ● Local Area HiSLIP High-Speed LAN Instrument Protocol (IVI-6.1) A LAN connector is located on the TCPIP::host address::hislip0[::INSTR] Network rear panel of the instrument.
  • Page 646 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics VISA library Instrument access is usually achieved from high level programming platforms using VISA as an intermediate abstraction layer. VISA encapsulates the low level VXI, GPIB, LAN or USB function calls and thus makes the transport interface transparent for the user.
  • Page 647 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics For details on configuring the LAN connection, see Chapter 13.6.1, "How to Configure Network", on page 710. ● VXI-11 Protocol..................... 647 ● HiSLIP Protocol.....................647 ● Socket Communication..................647 ●...
  • Page 648 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics The simplest way to establish socket communication is to use the built-in telnet pro- gram. The telnet program is part of every operating system and supports a communi- cation with the software on a command-by-command basis.
  • Page 649 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics The navigation pane of the browser interface contains the following elements: ● "LXI" – "Home" opens the instrument home page. The home page displays the device information required by the LXI standard, including the VISA resource string in read-only format.
  • Page 650 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics – "File Upload" uploads files to the instrument. (See Chapter 13.6.5, "How to Control the R&S FSV/A via the Web Browser Inter- face", on page 720.) ● "License Manager"...
  • Page 651 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Figure 13-1: Communication lines used by the GPIB interface User Manual 1178.8520.02 ─ 01...
  • Page 652 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Universal Commands Universal commands are encoded in the range 10 through 1F hex. They affect all instruments connected to the bus and do not require addressing. Command Effect on the instrument DCL (Device Clear) Aborts the processing of the commands just received and sets the com-...

  • Page 653: Scpi (Standard Commands For Programmable Instruments)

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics USB::<vendor ID>::<product ID>::<serial number>[::INSTR] where: ● <vendor ID> is the vendor ID for Rohde & Schwarz (0x0AAD) ● <product ID> is the product ID for the Rohde & Schwarz instrument ●...

  • Page 654: Visa Libraries

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics 13.1.3 VISA Libraries VISA is a standardized software interface library providing input and output functions to communicate with instruments. The I/O channel (LAN or TCP/IP, USB, ...) is selected at initialization time by one of the following: ●...

  • Page 655: Scpi Command Structure

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics – Common commands: their function and syntax are precisely defined in stan- dard IEEE 488.2. They are employed identically on all instruments (if imple- mented). They refer to functions such as management of the standardized sta- tus registers, reset and self-test.
  • Page 656 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics 13.1.5.2 Syntax for Device-Specific Commands Not all commands used in the following examples are necessarily implemented in the instrument. For demonstration purposes only, assume the existence of the following commands for this section: ●...
  • Page 657 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Example: Definition: HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant[<N>] Command: HCOP:PAGE:DIM:QUAD2 This command refers to the quadrant 2. Different numbering in remote control For remote control, the suffix may differ from the number of the corresponding selec- tion used in manual operation.
  • Page 658 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics ● Numeric Values..................... 658 ● Special Numeric Values..................658 ● Boolean Parameters..................... 659 ● Text Parameters....................659 ● Character Strings....................659 ● Block Data......................660 Numeric Values Numeric values can be entered in any form, i.e. with sign, decimal point and exponent. Values exceeding the resolution of the instrument are rounded up or down.
  • Page 659 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics ● INF and NINF: INFinity and negative INFinity (NINF) represent the numeric values 9.9E37 or -9.9E37, respectively. INF and NINF are only sent as instrument respon- ses. ●...
  • Page 660 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Example: HCOP:ITEM:LABel "Test1" HCOP:ITEM:LABel 'Test1' Block Data Block data is a format which is suitable for the transmission of large amounts of data. For example, a command using a block data parameter has the following structure: FORMat:READings:DATA #45168xxxxxxxx The ASCII character # introduces the data block.
  • Page 661 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Table 13-5: Special characters Parameters A vertical stroke in parameter definitions indicates alternative possibilities in the sense of "or". The effect of the command differs, depending on which parameter is used. Example: Definition:HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape | PORTrait Command HCOP:PAGE:ORI LAND specifies landscape orientation...
  • Page 662 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Example: HCOP:ITEM ALL;:HCOP:IMM This command line contains two commands. Both commands are part of the HCOP command system, i.e. they have one level in common. If the successive commands belong to the same system, having one or several levels in common, the command line can be abbreviated.

  • Page 663: Command Sequence And Synchronization

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics 13.1.6 Command Sequence and Synchronization IEEE 488.2 defines a distinction between overlapped and sequential commands: ● A sequential command is one which finishes executing before the next command starts executing.
  • Page 664 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Example: Overlapping command with *OPC The instrument implements INITiate[:IMMediate] as an overlapped command. Assuming that INITiate[:IMMediate] takes longer to execute than *OPC, sending the following command sequence results in initiating a sweep and, after some time, setting the OPC bit in the ESR: INIT;...

  • Page 665: Status Reporting System

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics 4. Wait for a service request. The service request indicates that the overlapped command has finished. *OPC? with a service request 1. Set bit no. 4 in the SRE: *SRE 16 to enable MAV service request. 2.
  • Page 666 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics not used not used not used & logic AND not used of all bits logic OR one register for each channel Range completed Multi-Standard Capture Finish HCOPy in progress GAP ACLR FAIL LMARgin 8 FAIL CACLR FAIL...
  • Page 667 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics ● IST, PPE The IST flag ("Individual STatus"), like the SRQ, combines the entire instrument status in a single bit. The PPE fulfills the same function for the IST flag as the SRE for the service request.
  • Page 668 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics part can only be read, but not written into or cleared. Its contents are not affected by reading. ● PTRansition / NTRansition The two transition register parts define which state transition of the CONDition part (none, 0 to 1, 1 to 0 or both) is stored in the EVENt part.
  • Page 669 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register The STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register is used by the R&S FSV/A applications and is described in the individual sections (manuals) for each application. ● Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE)......669 ●...
  • Page 670 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning MAV bit (message available) The bit is set if a message is available in the output queue which can be read. This bit can be used to enable data to be automatically read from the instrument to the controller.
  • Page 671 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning Device-dependent Error This bit is set if a device-dependent error occurs. An error message with a number between -300 and -399 or a positive error number, which denotes the error in greater detail, is entered into the error queue.
  • Page 672 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning Range completed This bit is set when a range in the sweep list has been completed if "Stop after Range" has been activated. 11-14 Not used This bit is always 0.
  • Page 673 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning "CALibration" This bit is set if the R&S FSV/A is unaligned ("UNCAL" display) "LIMit" (device-specific) This bit is set if a limit value is violated in any of the active channels in any window. STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register provides more information on the error type.
  • Page 674 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning ALT2 LOWer FAIL This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the lower 2nd alternate channel. ALT3 … 11 LOWer/UPPer FAIL This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in one of the lower or upper alternate channels 3 … 11. CACLR FAIL This bit is set if the CACLR limit is exceeded in one of the gap channels.
  • Page 675 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Table 13-13: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:QUEStionable:EXTended:INFO register Bit No. Meaning MESSage This bit is set if event or state has occurred that may lead to an error during further operation. INFO This bit is set if an informational status message is available for the application.
  • Page 676 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register The STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register contains information about the results of a limit check when you are working with limit lines. A separate LIMit register exists for each active channel and for each window. You can read out the register with STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<n>:CONDition? or STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<n>[:EVENt]?.
  • Page 677 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Table 13-16: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register Bit No. Meaning LMARgin 1 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 1 is violated. LMARgin 2 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 2 is violated.
  • Page 678 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning Input Overload This bit is set if the signal level at the RF input connector exceeds the maximum. The RF input is disconnected from the input mixer to protect the device. In order to re-enable measurement, decrease the level at the RF input connector and reconnect the RF input to the mixer input.
  • Page 679 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics 13.1.7.4 Application of the Status Reporting System The purpose of the status reporting system is to monitor the status of one or several devices in a measuring system. To do this and react appropriately, the controller must receive and evaluate the information of all devices.
  • Page 680 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics The serial poll method is defined in IEEE 488.1 and used to be the only standard pos- sibility for different instruments to poll the status byte. The method also works for instruments which do not adhere to SCPI or IEEE 488.2.
  • Page 681 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Example: The decimal value 40 = 32 + 8 indicates that bits no. 3 and 5 in the status register (e.g. the QUEStionable status summary bit and the ESB bit in the STatus Byte ) are set. Error Queue Each error state in the instrument leads to an entry in the error queue.

  • Page 682: General Programming Recommendations

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Remote Control Basics Event Switching on supply DCL, *RST or STA- *CLS voltage SYS- Tus:PRE- Tem:PRE Power-On-Status- (Device Clear Clear, Selected Device Effect Clear) Clear ENABle parts of all OPERation and QUEStionable registers;...

  • Page 683: Gpib Languages

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 GPIB Languages set the hardware explicitly. In any case, the hardware is set automatically when a sweep is performed. Reacting to malfunctions The service request is the only possibility for the instrument to become active on its own.
  • Page 684 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 GPIB Languages Language Comment 8565E 8566A Command sets A and B are available. Command sets A and B differ in the rules regarding the command structure. 8566B 8568A Command sets A and B are available. Command sets A and B differ in the rules regarding the command structure.

  • Page 685: The Iecwin Tool

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 The IECWIN Tool Table 13-21: Instrument settings for emulation of 8566A/B, 8568A/B, 8594E; FSEA, FSEB, FSEM; FSEK instruments Model # of Trace Start Freq. Stop Freq. Ref Level Input Coupling Points 8566A/B 1001...

  • Page 686: Automating Tasks With Remote Command Scripts

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Automating Tasks with Remote Command Scripts ● Generation of a log file For command scripts, IECWIN offers the following features: ● Synchronization with the instrument on every command ● Checking expected result for query commands (as string or numeric value) ●...

  • Page 687: The Context-Sensitive Scpi Command Menu

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Automating Tasks with Remote Command Scripts instrument supports you by showing the corresponding command syntax for the cur- rent setting value. You can create a SCPI script directly on the instrument at any time of operation, in the following ways: ●...
  • Page 688 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Automating Tasks with Remote Command Scripts Show SCPI result query commands This menu item is displayed if you selected a result display. All possible commands to query the results in the diagram are displayed. Select the query command you are interested in to display the SCPI command dialog box, as described in "Show SCPI command"...

  • Page 689: The Scpi Recorder

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Automating Tasks with Remote Command Scripts Help Provides help on the selected setting, function, or result display, as opposed to the SCPI command itself. This function is identical to selecting the context-sensitive help icon in the toolbar and then the interface element.
  • Page 690 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Automating Tasks with Remote Command Scripts Auto Recording If enabled, the SCPI Recorder automatically records the required SCPI commands and parameter values for the settings and functions you use while operating the R&S FSV/A.
  • Page 691 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Automating Tasks with Remote Command Scripts "MATLAB A programming environment, frequently used in signal processing (Instrument and test and measurement applications (*.m) Control Tool- You can use this format directly with the MATLAB© Instrument Con- box)"...

  • Page 692: How To Determine The Required Scpi Command

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Automating Tasks with Remote Command Scripts By default, the IP address is expected. To enter the computer name, toggle the "123"/"ABC" button to "ABC". Note: While a connection to a signal generator is established, you cannot change the connection information.

  • Page 693: How To Create And Export Scpi Scripts

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Automating Tasks with Remote Command Scripts If multiple commands are possible, for example to query different measurement results, all possible commands are displayed. 4. To display the SCPI command dialog box for a query command, select the query command you are interested in from the list.
  • Page 694 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Automating Tasks with Remote Command Scripts 9. Save the recorded command list to a file for later use. a) Select "Save As". b) Define a file name for the script file. How to record SCPI commands manually 1.

  • Page 695: Example For A Recorded Scpi Script

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Automating Tasks with Remote Command Scripts How to check a SCPI script The easiest way to check a script is to execute it, for example in the auxiliary tool IEC- WIN, which is provided with the R&S FSV/A firmware (see Chapter 13.3, "The IECWIN Tool",...

  • Page 696: Network And Remote Control Settings

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings FSW = VisaResourceManager.open_resource("TCPIP::10.124.0.195::INSTR") # Display update ON FSW.write("SYST:DISP:UPD ON") FSW.write("*RST") FSW.write("INIT:CONT OFF") FSW.write("SENS:FREQ:CENT 850000000") FSW.write("SENS:FREQ:SPAN 4000000") FSW.write("DISP:WIND:SUBW:TRAC:Y:SCAL:RLEV 10") FSW.write("CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP") FSW.write("CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES S2CD") FSW.write("SENS:ADJ:LEV;*WAI") FSW.write("SENS:POW:HSP ON") FSW.write("TRAC1:DATA? TRACE1") FSW.query("CALC1:MARK:Y?") FSW.write("CALC1:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CPOW")

  • Page 697: General Network Settings

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings 13.5.1 General Network Settings Access: [SETUP] > "Network + Remote" > "Network" tab The R&S FSV/A can be operated in a local area network (LAN), for example to control the instrument from a remote PC or use a network printer.
  • Page 698 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings Computer Name......................698 Address........................699 Subnet Mask....................... 699 DHCP.......................... 699 Network Configuration....................699 Computer Name Each instrument is delivered with an assigned computer name, but this name can be changed.

  • Page 699: Remote Settings

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings IP Address Defines the IP address. The TCP/IP protocol is preinstalled with the IP address 10.0.0.10. If the DHCP server is available ("DHCP On"), the setting is read-only. The IP address consists of four number blocks separated by dots.
  • Page 700 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings Identification String......................700 Reset to Factory String....................700 Remote Display Update....................701 *IDN Format........................ 701 Logging........................701 Display Remote Errors....................701 Set Hardware Immediately..................702 Identification String Defines the identification string for the R&S FSV/A which is provided as a response to the *IDN? query.
  • Page 701 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings Remote Display Update Defines whether the display of the R&S FSV/A is updated when changing from manual operation to remote control. Turning off the display update function improves performance during remote control. Note: Usually, this function remains available on the display during remote operation.

  • Page 702: Compatibility Settings

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings Remote command: on page 1125 SYSTem:ERRor:DISPlay on page 1131 SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:REMote Set Hardware Immediately Determines when the remote commands that change hardware settings on the R&S FSV/A are executed. If enabled (default), remote commands are always executed immediately when they are received by the instrument.
  • Page 703 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings Language........................703 Gain........................704 Sweep Repeat......................704 Coupling........................704 Wideband........................704 FSU/FSQ Preamplifier....................705 Additional......................705 Revision String......................705 Resetting the Factory Revision................... 705 Language Defines the system language used to control the instrument. For details on the available GPIB languages, see Chapter 14.13.2, "Reference: GPIB Commands of Emulated HP...
  • Page 704 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings Remote command: on page 1159 SYSTem:LANGuage IF Gain Configures the internal IF gain settings in HP emulation mode due to the application needs. This setting is only taken into account for resolution bandwidth < 300 kHz. NORM Optimized for high dynamic range, overload limit is close to reference level.

  • Page 705: Lxi Settings

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings "80 MHz" The 80 MHz wideband is used. The option is indicated as "B7J, 122". Remote command: on page 1159 SYSTem:PSA:WIDeband FSU/FSQ Preamplifier This setting defines which option is returned when the *OPT? query is executed, depending on the used preamplifier.
  • Page 706 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings Alternatively, you can change the LAN settings using the LXI Web browser interface. For details see Chapter 13.6.1.4, "How to Configure the LAN Using the LXI Web Browser Interface", on page 714.

  • Page 707: Remote Errors

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings "VXI-11 Dis- If enabled, connected devices are detected automatically using the covery" VXI-11 protocol (see "VXI-11 Protocol" on page 647) Remote command: on page 1125 SYSTem:LXI:INFO? LXI Password Password for LAN configuration.
  • Page 708 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings The most recent error message during remote operation can be displayed on the screen, see "Display Remote Errors" on page 701. If the number of error messages exceeds the capacity of the error buffer, the oldest error message is removed before the newest one is inserted.

  • Page 709: Returning To Manual Mode ("Local")

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Network and Remote Control Settings Remote command: on page 1131 SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:REMote 13.5.6 Returning to Manual Mode ("Local") When switched on, the instrument is always in the manual measurement mode and can be operated via the front panel.

  • Page 710: How To Set Up A Network And Remote Control

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 13.6 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Risk of network failure Consult your network administrator before performing the following tasks: ●...
  • Page 711 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Windows Firewall Settings A firewall protects an instrument by preventing unauthorized users from gaining access to it through a network. Rohde & Schwarz highly recommends the use of the firewall on your instrument.
  • Page 712 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control By default, the instrument is configured to use dynamic TCP/IP configuration and obtain all address information automatically. This means that it is safe to establish a physical connection to the LAN without any previous instrument configuration.
  • Page 713 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 7. Close the dialog box. If you have entered an invalid IP address or subnet mask, the message "out of range" is displayed in the status line. If the settings are correct, the configuration is saved, and you are prompted to restart the instrument.
  • Page 714 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 13.6.1.3 How to Change the Instrument Name In a LAN that uses a DNS server (Domain Name System server), each PC or instru- ment connected in the LAN can be accessed via an unambiguous computer name instead of the IP address.
  • Page 715 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The instrument home page displays the device information required by the LXI stan- dard including the VISA resource string in read-only format. ►...
  • Page 716 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control ● "Ping Client" provides the ping utility to verify the connection between the instru- ment and other devices. IP Configuration The "LAN Configuration > IP configuration" web page displays all mandatory LAN parameters and allows their modification.

  • Page 717: How To Operate The Instrument Without A Network

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 2. Enter the IP address of the second device without the ping command and with- out any further parameters into the "Destination Address" field (e.g. 10.113.10.203).
  • Page 718 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Refer to Chapter 12, "General Instrument Setup", on page 561 to find out which func- tions are affected. At the same time you log on to the operating system, you are automatically logged on to the network.

  • Page 719: How To Share Directories (Only With Microsoft Networks)

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The new password is now active. 13.6.3.3 How to Activate or Deactivate the Automatic Login Mechanism Deactivating the automatic login mechanism When shipped, the instrument is already configured to automatically log on under Win- dows 10.

  • Page 720: How To Control The R&S Fsv/A Via The Web Browser Interface

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 13.6.5 How to Control the R&S FSV/A via the Web Browser Interface Via the LXI browser interface to the R&S FSV/A one or more users can control the instrument remotely from another PC without additional installation.

  • Page 721: How To Deactivate The Web Browser Interface

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The most commonly used folders on the instrument are displayed, for example those that contain user data, as well as the top-most My Computer folder, from which you can access all other folders on the instrument.

  • Page 722: How To Set Up Remote Desktop

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 6. Set "Startup type" to "Disabled". 7. Select "Stop". 8. Select "Apply". The next time a user enters the IP address of the instrument in a web browser, an error message is displayed: Failed to connect to server (code.
  • Page 723 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 13.6.7.1 How to Configure the R&S FSV/A for Remote Operation via Remote Desktop 1. Create a fixed IP address for the TCP/IP protocol as described in Chapter 13.6.1.2, "How to Assign the IP Address",...
  • Page 724 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control c) Select "OK" to confirm the settings. 7. The R&S FSV/A is now ready for connection setup with the Remote Desktop pro- gram of the controller.
  • Page 725 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 5. In the list, select the appropriate connection (for example: LAN (10 Mbps or higher)). Depending on your selection (and how powerful the connection is), the options are activated or deactivated.
  • Page 726 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Windows will then map drives of the controller to the corresponding network drives. 9. To use printers connected to the controller while accessing them from the R&S FSV/A, activate the "Printers"...
  • Page 727 ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 7. After a few moments, the R&S FSV/A screen is displayed. If a dark screen appears or a dark square appears in the upper left-hand corner of the screen, you must restart the R&S FSV/A in order to see the modified screen resolution.

  • Page 728: How To Start A Remote Control Session From A Pc

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control To terminate Remote Desktop control The connection can be terminated by the controller or by a user at the R&S FSV/A: 1.

  • Page 729: How To Return To Manual Operation

    ® ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The changes in the device settings and the recorded measurement values are dis- played on the instrument screen. 3. To obtain optimum performance during remote control, send the SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate OFF command to hide the display of results and dia- grams again (default setting in remote control).

  • Page 730: Remote Commands

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Conventions Used in SCPI Command Descriptions 14 Remote Commands The commands required to perform measurements in the Spectrum application in a remote environment are described here. It is assumed that the R&S FSV/A has already been set up for remote operation in a network as described in Chapter 13.6, "How to Set Up a Network and Remote Con- trol",...

  • Page 731: Common Suffixes

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Common Commands Parameters that are only returned as the result of a query are indicated as Return values. ● Conformity Commands that are taken from the SCPI standard are indicated as SCPI con- firmed.
  • Page 732 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Common Commands ..........................733 *IDN? ..........................733 *IST? ..........................733 *OPC ...........................733 *OPT? ..........................733 *PCB ..........................734 *PRE ..........................734 *PSC ..........................734 *RST ..........................734 *SRE ...........................735 *STB? ..........................735 *TRG ........................... 735 *TST? ..........................
  • Page 733 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Common Commands Returns the contents of the event status register in decimal form and then sets the reg- ister to zero. Return values: <Contents> Range: 0 to 255 Usage: Query only *IDN? Identification Returns the instrument identification.
  • Page 734 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Common Commands Indicates the controller address to which remote control is returned after termination of the triggered action. Setting parameters: <Address> Range: 0 to 30 Usage: Setting only *PRE <Value> Parallel poll register enable Sets parallel poll enable register to the indicated value.
  • Page 735 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Common Commands Parameters: <Contents> Contents of the service request enable register in decimal form. Bit 6 (MSS mask bit) is always 0. Range: 0 to 255 *STB? Status byte query Reads the contents of the status byte in decimal form. Usage: Query only *TRG...

  • Page 736: Selecting The Operating Mode And Application

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Prevents servicing of the subsequent commands until all preceding commands have been executed and all signals have settled (see also command synchronization and *OPC). Usage: Event 14.4 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application The following commands are required to select the operating mode or the application and to configure a Sequencer in a remote environment.
  • Page 737 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Example: INST:SEL 'IQAnalyzer' INST:CRE:DUPL Duplicates the channel named 'IQAnalyzer' and creates a new channel named 'IQAnalyzer2'. Usage: Event Manual operation: " Duplicate Current Channel " on page 115 INSTrument:CREate[:NEW] <ChannelType>, <ChannelName>...
  • Page 738 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Example: INST:CRE:REPL 'IQAnalyzer2',IQ,'IQAnalyzer' Replaces the channel named "IQAnalyzer2" by a new channel of type "IQ Analyzer" named "IQAnalyzer". Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Replace Current Channel" on page 115 INSTrument:DELete <ChannelName>...
  • Page 739 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Application <ChannelType> Parameter Default Channel Name*) Amplifier Measurements AMPLifier Amplifier (R&S FSV3-K18) Analog Demodulation ADEM Analog Demod GSM (R&S FSV3-K10) I/Q Analyzer IQ Analyzer LTE (R&S FSV3-K10x) NB-IoT (R&S FSV3-K106) NIOT NB-IoT...

  • Page 740: Performing A Sequence Of Measurements

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application ● on page 737 INSTrument:CREate[:NEW] Parameters: <ChannelType> Channel type of the new channel. For a list of available channel types see INSTrument:LIST? on page 738. <ChannelName> String containing the name of the channel.
  • Page 741 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Manual operation: " Sequencer State " on page 118 INITiate:SEQuencer:IMMediate This command starts a new sequence of measurements by the Sequencer. Before this command can be executed, the Sequencer must be activated (see on page 742).

  • Page 742: Programming Example: Performing A Sequence Of Measurements

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Example: SYST:SEQ ON Activates the Sequencer. INIT:SEQ:MODE SING Sets single sequence mode so each active measurement will be performed once. INIT:SEQ:IMM Starts the sequential measurements. Manual operation: "...
  • Page 743 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application //------Preparing the instrument and first channel ----------- *RST //Activate new IQ channel INSTrument:CREate:NEW IQ,'IQ 1' //Set sweep count for new IQ channel SENS:SWEEP:COUNT 6 //Change trace modes for IQ channel DISP:TRAC1:MODE BLANK DISP:TRAC2:MODE MAXH DISP:TRAC3:MODE MINH...

  • Page 744: Configuring And Performing Measurements

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Retrieve results CALC:MARK:Y? //Activate Multiview DISPlay:ATAB //---------Performing a sequence of measurements with the Sequencer------------ //Activate Sequencer SYSTem:SEQuencer ON //Start sweep in Sequencer INITiate:SEQuencer:IMMediate;*OPC? //Switch into first IQ channel to get results INST:SEL 'IQ 1';*WAI CALCulate:MARKer:MAXimum CALC:MARK:Y?

  • Page 745: Performing Measurements

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● Measuring Spurious Emissions................826 ● Analyzing Statistics (APD, CCDF)................ 838 ● Measuring the Time Domain Power..............848 ● Measuring the Harmonic Distortion...............858 ● Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point............861 ●...
  • Page 746 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: ABOR;:INIT:IMM Aborts the current measurement and immediately starts a new one. Example: ABOR;*WAI INIT:IMM Aborts the current measurement and starts a new one once abortion has been completed. Usage: Event INITiate<n>:CONMeas...
  • Page 747 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ON | 1 Continuous sweep OFF | 0 Single sweep *RST: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 ON | 1 Continuous sweep OFF | 0 Single sweep *RST: Example: INIT:CONT OFF...

  • Page 748: Configuring Power Measurements

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt:CURRent? This query returns the current number of started sweeps or measurements. This com- mand is only available if a sweep count value is defined and the instrument is in single sweep mode.
  • Page 749 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:RESult? <Measurement> This command queries the results of power measurements. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode.
  • Page 750 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements OBANdwidth | OBWidth Occupied bandwidth. Returns the occupied bandwidth in Hz. Manual operation: " C/N " on page 198 " C/N0 " on page 198 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:SELect <MeasType> This command selects a power measurement and turns the measurement on. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 751 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements OFF | 0 A standard frequency sweep is activated. *RST: Manual operation: " C/N " on page 198 " C/N0 " on page 198 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet <Measurement> This command determines the ideal span, bandwidths and detector for the current power measurement.

  • Page 752: Measuring The Channel Power And Aclr

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: POW:TRAC 2 Assigns the measurement to trace 2. Manual operation: " Selected Trace " on page 162 14.5.3 Measuring the Channel Power and ACLR All remote control commands specific to channel power or ACLR measurements are described here.
  • Page 753 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Standard> For more information see Chapter 7.3.9, "Reference: Predefined CP/ACLR Standards", on page 193. If you want to load a customized configuration, the parameter is a string containing the file name. Manual operation: "...
  • Page 754 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <m> Marker <sb> irrelevant Parameters: <Standard> String containing the file name. The file format is xml. Manual operation: " User Standards " on page 160 14.5.3.2 Configuring the Channels The following commands configure channels for channel power and ACLR measure- ments.
  • Page 755 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BWIDth:ALTernate<ch> <Bandwidth> [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth:ALTernate<ch> <Bandwidth> This command defines the channel bandwidth of the alternate channels. Suffix: <ch> 1..n Alternate channel number Parameters: <Bandwidth> Range: 100 Hz to 1000 MHz *RST: 14 kHz Default unit: Hz...
  • Page 756 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Name> String containing the name of the channel *RST: ALT<1...11> Manual operation: " Channel Names " on page 166 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:NAME:CHANnel<ch> <Name> This command defines a name for a transmission channel. Suffix: <ch>...
  • Page 757 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements If you set the channel spacing for a transmission channel, the R&S FSV/A sets the spacing of the lower transmission channels to the same value, but not the other way round.
  • Page 758 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa[:ALL] <Value> This command defines the alpha value for the weighting filter for all channels. Parameters: <Value> *RST: 0.22 Example: POW:ACH:FILT:ALPH:ALL 0.35 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ALTernate<ch> <Alpha> This command defines the roll-off factor for the alternate channel weighting filter. Suffix: <ch>...
  • Page 759 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:ALTernate<ch> <State> This command turns the weighting filter for an alternate channel on and off. Suffix: <ch> 1..n Alternate channel number Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 760 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements You need at least one channel for the command to work. Parameters: <RefChannel> MINimum | MAXimum | LHIGhest MINimum Transmission channel with the lowest power MAXimum Transmission channel with the highest power LHIGhest Lowest transmission channel for lower adjacent channels and highest transmission channel for upper adjacent channels...
  • Page 761 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute <LowerLimit>[, <UpperLimit>] This command defines the absolute limit of the adjacent channels. If you have defined an absolute limit as well as a relative limit, the R&S FSV/A uses the lower value for the limit check.
  • Page 762 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <LowerLimit> The limit of the lower adjacent channel. Range: 0 dB to 100 dB *RST: 0 dB Default unit: dB <UpperLimit> The limit of the upper adjacent channel. Range: 0 dB to 100 dB *RST:...
  • Page 763 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe This command turns the relative limit check for the adjacent channels on and off. You have to activate the general ACLR limit check before using this command with CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower[:STATe].
  • Page 764 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <ch> 1..n Alternate channel number Manual operation: " Limit Check " on page 165 " Limit Checking " on page 177 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>[:RELative] <LowerLimit>[, <UpperLimit>] This command defines the relative limit of the alternate channels. The reference value for the relative limit is the measured channel power.
  • Page 765 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <ch> Alternate channel number Return values: <LowerChan> text value The state of the limit check for the lower alternate or adjacent channels. PASSED Limit check has passed. FAIL Limit check has failed.
  • Page 766 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Manual operation: " Limit Check " on page 165 " Limit Checking " on page 172 " Limit Checking " on page 177 "...
  • Page 767 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● General MSR ACLR Measurement Settings............767 ● MSR Sub Block and Tx Channel Setup..............767 ● MSR Adjacent Channel Setup................770 ● MSR Gap Channel Setup..................774 ● MSR Channel Names...................
  • Page 768 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <sb> 1..n sub block number <ch> 1..n Tx channel number Parameters: <Alpha> Roll-off factor Range: 0 to 1 *RST: 0.22 Manual operation: " Weighting Filters " on page 174 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:SBLock<sb>:CHANnel<ch>...
  • Page 769 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <sb> 1..n sub block number <ch> 1..n Tx channel number Parameters: <Bandwidth> Bandwidth in Hz Default unit: Hz Manual operation: " Tx Channel Bandwidth " on page 174 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SBLock<sb>:CENTer[:CHANnel<ch>] <Frequency>...
  • Page 770 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements MSR Adjacent Channel Setup The functions for manual operation are described in Chapter 7.3.5, "MSR ACLR Con- figuration", on page 167. Useful commands for MSR adjacent channel setup described elsewhere: ●...
  • Page 771 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <sb> 1..n sub block number <ch> 1..n Tx channel number Parameters: <Standard> GSM | WCDMa | LTE_1_40 | LTE_3_00 | LTE_5_00 | LTE_10_00 | LTE_15_00 | LTE_20_00 | USER Technology used for transmission Transmission according to GSM standard WCDMa...
  • Page 772 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Spacing> Range: 100 Hz to 2000 MHz *RST: 14 kHz Default unit: Hz Manual operation: " Adjacent Channel Spacings " on page 176 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:UALTernate<ch> <Spacing> This command defines the distance from transmission channel to the upper alternate channels.
  • Page 773 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements The adjacent channel is the first pair of channels next to the transmission channels. To configure the bandwidth for the lower adjacent channel, use the [SENSe:]POWer: command. ACHannel:BANDwidth:ACHannel Parameters: <Bandwidth>...
  • Page 774 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Alpha> Roll-off factor Range: 0 to 1 *RST: 0.22 Manual operation: " Weighting Filters " on page 177 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:UACHannel <State> This command turns the weighting filter for the upper adjacent channel on and off for asymmetrical MSR signals.
  • Page 775 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ............779 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:GAP<gap> ..............779 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:GAP<gap>:MSIZe .............. 779 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:GAP<gap> CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:GAP<gap>:ABSolute <Limit>[, <Reserved>] This command defines the absolute limit of the specified gap (CACLR) channel. If you have defined an absolute limit as well as a relative limit, the R&S FSV/A uses the lower value for the limit check.
  • Page 776 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:GAP<gap>:ACLR[:RELative] <Limit>[, <UpperLimit>] This command defines the relative limit for the ACLR power in the specified gap chan- nel. The reference value for the relative limit is the measured channel power. If you have defined an absolute limit as well as a relative limit, the R&S FSV/A uses the lower value for the limit check.
  • Page 777 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements If you have defined an absolute limit as well as a relative limit, the R&S FSV/A uses the lower value for the limit check. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> irrelevant <gap>...
  • Page 778 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements For more information see Chapter 7.3.3.4, "Measurement on Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) Signals", on page 153. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 ON | 1 The gap channels are displayed and channel power results are calculated and displayed in the Result Summary.
  • Page 779 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:GAP<gap> <State> This command turns the weighting filter for the specified gap (CACLR) channel on and off. Suffix: <gap> 1..n Gap (CACLR) channel number Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Manual operation: "...
  • Page 780 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: " Gap Channel Spacing " on page 179 MSR Channel Names The functions for manual operation are described in Chapter 7.3.5.5, "MSR Channel Names", on page 180..............780 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:NAME:GAP<gap>...
  • Page 781 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements This command is for MSR signals only. In MSR ACLR measurements, the default TX channel names correspond to the speci- fied technology, followed by a consecutive number. The assigned sub block (A,B,C,D,E) is indicated as a prefix (e.g.
  • Page 782 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Remote commands exclusive to channel power measurements ..........782 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:GAP<gap>:ACLR:RESult? ......... 782 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:GAP<gap>[:CACLr]:RESult? ........783 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:RESult:PHZ .................. 784 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:GAP<gap>:ACLR:RESult? The command returns the ACLR power limit check results for the selected gap channel in an MSR ACLR measurement.
  • Page 783 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements See also on page 746. INITiate<n>:CONTinuous Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> irrelevant <gap> Gap (CACLR) channel number Return values: <LowerGap_AB>, Limit check results for the CACLR power in the upper and lower <UpperGap_AB>...
  • Page 784 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Channel power level and density ( Power Unit )" on page 162 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE <Mode> This command selects the way the R&S FSV/A displays the power of adjacent chan- nels.
  • Page 785 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements POW:ACH:NAME:CHAN1 'TX Channel' //Create two adjacent channels - one adjacent channel and one alternate channel. POW:ACH:ACP 2 //Name the adjacent channel 'ABC' POW:ACH:NAME:ACH 'ABC' //Name the first alternate channel 'XYZ'. POW:ACH:NAME:ALT1 'XYZ' //Define a bandwidth of 30 kHz for the transmission channel.
  • Page 786 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Define a relative limit of 30 dB below the power of the reference channel //for both adjacent channels. CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB,30DB //Define a relative limit of 25 dB below the power of the reference channel //for the first alternate channels.
  • Page 787 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Configure general measurement settings :SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer 1.25GHz :SENSe:FREQuency:SPAN 62.0MHz :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBCount 3 //----------------- Configuring Sub block A :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBLock1:TXCHannel:COUNt 3 :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBLock1:FREQuency:CENTer 1.230GHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBLock1:RFBWidth 12MHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBLock1:CENTer:CHANnel1 1.226GHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBLock1:CENTer:CHANnel2 1.230GHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBLock1:CENTer:CHANnel3 1.234GHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBLock1:TECHnology:CHANnel1 WCDMA :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBLock1:TECHnology:CHANnel2 WCDMA :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBLock1:TECHnology:CHANnel3 GSM :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SBLock1:BANDwidth:CHANnel1 2.5MHZ...

  • Page 788: Measuring The Carrier-To-Noise Ratio

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //----------------- Configuring ADJ channels :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth:ACHannel 1.60MHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth:ALTernate1 1.60MHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ACHannel 3MHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate1 5MHZ //----------------- Configuring gap (CACLR) channels :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:GAP1 2.0MHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:GAP2 5.0MHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth:GAP1 2.0MHZ :SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth:GAP2 2.0MHZ //--------------Performing the Measurement----- //Select single sweep mode.

  • Page 789: Measuring The Occupied Bandwidth

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:RESult? ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth[:CHANnel<ch>] ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet Programming example: Measuring the carrier-to-noise ratio This programming example demonstrates how to perform a Carrier-to-noise measure- ment in a remote environment. //----------Preparing the measurement------------ *RST //Reset the instrument FREQ:CENT 800MHz...
  • Page 790 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Useful commands for occupied bandwidth measurements described elsewhere Configuring the channel: ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth[:CHANnel<ch>] ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel Defining search limits: ● on page 990 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] ● on page 991 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:LEFT ●...

  • Page 791: Measuring The Spectrum Emission Mask

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV -10dBm //Activate occupied bandwidth measurement. CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL OBW //Set the percentage of power to 99%. POW:BWID 99PCT //Set the channel bandwidth to 21 kHz. POW:ACH:BAND 21kHz //Optimize the instrument settings according to the channel bandwidth. POW:ACH:PRES OBW //Determine the ideal reference level for the measurement.
  • Page 792 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ............792 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:RESTore ..............792 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:PRESet[:STANdard] ..............792 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:PRESet:RESTore ............... 793 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:PRESet:STORe CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:RESTore This command restores the predefined limit lines for the selected Spectrum Emission Mask standard. All modifications made to the predefined limit lines are lost and the factory-set values are restored.
  • Page 793 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:PRESet:STORe <Standard> This command saves the current SEM measurement configuration. Standard definitions are stored in an xml file. The default directory for SEM standards is C:\R_S\INSTR\\sem_std. Suffix: <sb> 1..n Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement Parameters:...
  • Page 794 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 14.5.6.3 Configuring a Multi-SEM Measurement In the Spectrum application only, spectrum emissions can be measured for multiple sub blocks of channels (see Chapter 7.6.4.5, "SEM with Multiple Sub Blocks ("Multi- SEM")", on page 216).
  • Page 795 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 14.5.6.4 Configuring a Sweep List The following commands define a sweep list for SEM measurements. The sweep list cannot be configured using remote commands during an on-going sweep operation. See also: ●...
  • Page 796 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <sb> Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: ESP:HSP ON Manual operation: "...
  • Page 797 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:COUNt? This command queries the number of ranges in the sweep list. Suffix: <sb> <ri> irrelevant Return values: <Ranges> Number of ranges in the sweep list. Usage: Query only [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:DELete This command removes a range from the sweep list.
  • Page 798 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <Frequency> Numeric value. *RST: -12.75 MHz (range 1), -2.515 MHz (range 2), 2.515 MHz (range 3) Default unit: Hz Manual operation: "...
  • Page 799 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Attenuation> Numeric value. Refer to the data sheet for the attenuation range. *RST: 10 dB Default unit: dB Manual operation: " RF Attenuation " on page 224 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO <State>...
  • Page 800 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Manual operation: " Preamp " on page 224 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:INSert <Mode> This command inserts a new SEM range and updates the range numbers accordingly. Suffix: <sb>...
  • Page 801 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:ABSolute:STOP <Level> This command defines an absolute limit for a SEM range. Unlike manual operation, you can define an absolute limit anytime and regardless of the limit check mode. Suffix: <sb>...
  • Page 802 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STARt:ABS <Level> This command defines an absolute limit for the MAX function of the relative limit for a SEM range. For more information see "Relative limit line functions" on page 214.
  • Page 803 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements No function is used, the relative limit line is defined by a fixed relative start value. Use the [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>: RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STARtcommand to define this value. *RST: Example: SENSe:ESPectrum:RANGe:LIMit:RELative:STARt: FUNCtion MAX For a detailed example see Chapter 14.5.6.11, "Example: SEM Measurement",...
  • Page 804 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <li> 1..n Power class for which the limit is defined. Parameters: <Level> Absolute limit at the stop frequency of a SEM range to be used in addition to the relative limit if the MAX function is enabled (see [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>: on page 804).
  • Page 805 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: SENSe:ESPectrum:RANGe:LIMit:RELative:STOP: FUNCtion MAX For a detailed example see Chapter 14.5.6.11, "Example: SEM Measurement", on page 823. Manual operation: " Rel Limit Start / Stop <n> " on page 225 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:STATe <State>...
  • Page 806 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:MLCalc <Function> Defines the function used to calculate the limit line for the n-th power class for overlap- ping ranges in Multi-SEM measurements. For details see "Limit calculation for individ- ual ranges"...
  • Page 807 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <sb> 1..n Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <SweepTime> Sweep time. The range depends on the ratios of the span to the RBW and the RBW to the VBW.
  • Page 808 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Transducer> String containing the transducer file name, including the path information. Manual operation: " Transducer Factor " on page 224 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:SSETup <State> Enables or disables symmetrical configuration of the range settings. Chapter 7.6.4.1, "Ranges and Range Settings", on page 210.
  • Page 809 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa <Alpha> This command defines the roll-off factor for the RRC filter. The RRC filter is available if the power reference is the channel power. Suffix: <sb> 1..n Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement Parameters: <Alpha>...
  • Page 810 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements PEAK Measures the highest peak within the reference range. CPOWer Measures the channel power within the reference range (integral bandwidth method). *RST: CPOWer Manual operation: " Power Reference Type " on page 229 14.5.6.6 Configuring the Power Classes...
  • Page 811 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <Max3> Defines the value range for power class 3 as <Max2> to <Max3>. The value range for power class 4 is defined as <Max3> to 200. Only available for CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:COUNT = 4 Range: -199 to + 199, <Max3>...
  • Page 812 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements This command has the same effect as a combination of the CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE and the CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>[: commands; however, the power class to be used is not defined directly, EXCLusive] but via the expected power.
  • Page 813 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● You can only use power classes for which limits are defined. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> irrelevant <sb> 1..n <pc> 1..n power class Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL1 ON...
  • Page 814 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>:MAXimum <Level> This command defines the upper limit of a particular power class. Note: ● The last power class always has an upper limit of 200 dBm. ● The upper limit of a power class must always be the same as the lower limit of the subsequent power class.
  • Page 815 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL2:MIN -40 dBm Sets the minimum power value of the second power class to -40 dBm. Manual operation: " PMin / PMax " on page 231 14.5.6.7 Configuring MSR SEM Measurements The following commands configure MSR SEM measurements.
  • Page 816 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <sb> 1..n Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement Parameters: <Range> LOW | HIGH ≤ 3 GHz HIGH > 3 GHz *RST: Example: //Select the band category 1 ESP2:MSR:BCAT 1 //Set the base station class to medium range ESP2:MSR:CLAS MED...
  • Page 817 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: //Select the band category 1 ESP2:MSR:BCAT 1 //Set the base station class to medium range ESP2:MSR:CLAS MED //Set the maximum output power to 10 dBm. ESP2:MSR:MPOW 10 //Set the frequency range of the base station to >...
  • Page 818 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:MSR:GSM:CARRier <Power> Defines the power of the GSM carrier (if available, see [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>: on page 818). MSR:GSM:CPResent This command is only available for band category 2 (see [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>: on page 816).
  • Page 819 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: //Select the band category 2 ESP2:MSR:BCAT BC2 //Set the base station class to medium range ESP2:MSR:CLAS MED //Set the maximum output power to 10 dBm. ESP2:MSR:MPOW 10 //Set the base station RF bandwidth to 20 MHz ESP2:MSR:RFBW 20MHZ //GSM/Edge present...
  • Page 820 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <sb> 1..n Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement Parameters: <Power> Range: 0 dBm to 100 dBm Increment: 1 dB Default unit: dBm Example: //Select the band category 1 ESP2:MSR:BCAT 1 //Set the base station class to medium range ESP2:MSR:CLAS MED...
  • Page 821 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 14.5.6.8 Configuring the List Evaluation The following commands configure the list evaluation. Useful commands for SEM measurements described elsewhere ● on page 1085 MMEMory:STORe<n>:LIST Remote commands exclusive to SEM measurements ..............
  • Page 822 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Margin> Range: -200 to 200 *RST: Default unit: dB Example: CALC:ESP:PSE:MARG 100 Sets the margin to 100 dB. Manual operation: " Margin " on page 237 " Margin " on page 260 CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PSEarch:PSHow <State>...
  • Page 823 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 14.5.6.11 Example: SEM Measurement In this example we will configure and perform an SEM measurement. Note that this example is primarily meant to demonstrate the remote control commands, it does not necessarily reflect a useful measurement task.
  • Page 824 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Define a manual selection of the power class. CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE MAN //Activate the use of the second power class for the entire measurement. CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL2 ON //------------ Configuring a Sweep List--------------------- //Insert a range after range 2.
  • Page 825 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ESP:RANG2:TRAN 'Transducer' //------------ Configuring the limit check------------------ //Check the absolute and relative limits for all ranges in power class 1 and //fails if both limits are violated. Since power class 2 is set to be used for //the entire measurement, values for Limit Check 1 are irrelevant.

  • Page 826: Measuring Spurious Emissions

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Query the peak for each range of the SEM measurement as a list. TRAC:DATA? LIST 14.5.7 Measuring Spurious Emissions The following commands are required to perform spurious emissions measurements. ●...
  • Page 827 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ................... 828 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:DELete .................828 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:DETector ................829 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:FILTer:TYPE ..............829 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:ATTenuation ............829 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ..............830 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:GAIN:STATe ..............830 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:GAIN[:VALue] ................830 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:LIMit:STARt ................830 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:LIMit:STATe ................831 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:LIMit:STOP ............... 831 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:POINts[:VALue] ................... 831 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:RLEVel ................
  • Page 828 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <ri> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | 1 The R&S FSV/A stops after measuring one range. To continue with the next range, you have to use INITiate<n>:CONMeas. OFF | 0 The R&S FSV/A sweeps all ranges in one go.
  • Page 829 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements POSitive peak detector SAMPle sample detector RMS detector AVERage average detector *RST: Manual operation: " Detector " on page 257 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:FILTer:TYPE <FilterType> This command selects the filter type for a spurious emission measurement range. Suffix: <ri>...
  • Page 830 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: " RF Attenuation Mode " on page 258 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:GAIN:STATe <State> This command turns the preamplifier for a spurious emission measurement range on and off. Suffix: <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range.
  • Page 831 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:LIMit:STOP <Level> This command defines an absolute limit for a spurious emission measurement range. Suffix: <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <Level> Absolute limit at the stop frequency of a SEM range. Range: -400 to 400 *RST:...
  • Page 832 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <SweepTime> Sweep time. The range depends on the ratios of the span to the RBW and the RBW to the VBW. Refer to the data sheet for more informa- tion.
  • Page 833 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Useful commands for spurious emission measurements described elsewhere ● on page 1085 MMEMory:STORe<n>:LIST Remote commands exclusive to spurious emission measurements ..............833 CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PSEarch:DETails ...............833 CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PEAKsearch:DETails ..................833 CALCulate<n>:PSEarch:AUTO ..................833 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch:AUTO ..................
  • Page 834 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CALC:PSE:AUTO OFF Deactivates the list evaluation. CALCulate<n>:PSEarch:MARGin <Threshold> CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch:MARGin <Margin> This command defines the threshold of the list evaluation. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <Margin> Range: -200 to 200 Default unit: dB Example: CALC:PSE:MARG 100...
  • Page 835 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 14.5.7.4 Adjusting the X-Axis to the Range Definitions [SENSe:]LIST:XADJust Sets the x-axis range for the spurious emission measurement from the start frequency of the first sweep range to the stop frequency of the last sweep range. SENS:LIST:XADJ Example: Usage:...
  • Page 836 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Note that this example is primarily meant to demonstrate the remote control com- mands, it does not necessarily reflect a useful measurement task. //------------Preparing the measurement------------- *RST //Resets the instrument SWE:MODE LIST //Activates spurious emissions measurement INIT:CONT OFF...
  • Page 837 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Deletes the fourth range. LIST:RANG1:STAR 10000000 //Defines a start frequency of 10 MHz for range 1. LIST:RANG1:STOP 100000000 //Defines a stop frequency of 100 MHz for range 1. LIST:RANG1:BAND 500000 //Defines a resolution bandwidth of 500 kHz in range 1.

  • Page 838: Analyzing Statistics (Apd, Ccdf)

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:PSE:SUBR 10 //Sets 10 peaks per range to be stored in the list. //--------------Performing the Measurement----- INIT:SPUR; *WAI //Performs a spurious emission measurement and waits until the sweep has finished. //---------------Retrieving Results------------- CALC:LIM1:FAIL? //Queries the result of the check for limit line 1.
  • Page 839 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: CALC:STAT:CCDF ON Switches on the CCDF measurement. 14.5.8.2 Configuring Statistical Measurements The following commands configure the measurement. Useful commands for configuring statistical measurements described elsewhere: ●...
  • Page 840 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Samples> Range: Min: 100, Max: depends on the RBW filter *RST: 100000 Example: CALC:STAT:NSAM 500 Sets the number of measurement points to be acquired to 500. Manual operation: "...
  • Page 841 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<t>:STARt<gr> <Time> This command defines the start time for a gate range. Suffix: <t> Trace <gr> 1..n gate range Parameters: <Time> The value range depends on the gate period you have set for the selected trace with [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<t>: PERiod.
  • Page 842 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <t> Trace <gr> 1..n gate range Parameters: <Time> The value range depends on the gate period you have set for the selected trace with [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<t>: PERiod. The following rules apply: •...
  • Page 843 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CALC:STAT:PRES Resets the scaling for statistical functions Manual operation: " Default Settings " on page 274 CALCulate<n>:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO ONCE This command initiates an automatic scaling of the diagram (x- and y-axis). To obtain maximum resolution, the level range is set as a function of the measured spacing between peak power and the minimum power for the APD measurement and of the spacing between peak power and mean power for the CCDF measurement.
  • Page 844 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <RefLevel> The unit is variable. If a reference level offset is included, the range is adjusted by that offset. Range: -130 dBm to 30 dBm *RST: 0 dBm Default unit: dBm Example: CALC:STAT:SCAL:X:RLEV -60dBm...
  • Page 845 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Magnitude> The number is a statistical value and therefore dimensionless. Range: 1E-5 to 1.0 *RST: Example: CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UPP 0.01 Manual operation: " Y-Max / Y-Min " on page 274 14.5.8.5 Performing a Statistical Measurement The following commands are required to perform a statistical measurement:...
  • Page 846 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:STATistics:RESult<res>? <ResultType> This command queries the results of a CCDF or ADP measurement for a specific trace. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <res> Trace Query parameters: <ResultType> MEAN Average (=RMS) power in dBm measured during the measure- ment time.
  • Page 847 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //-----------Configuring the measurement ------------ *RST //Reset the instrument TRIG:SOUR EXT //Defines the use of an external trigger. TRIG:HOLD 25us //Defines a trigger offset of 25 μs. CALC:STAT:APD ON //Activates APD measurement.

  • Page 848: Measuring The Time Domain Power

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //---------------Retrieving Results------------- CALC:STAT:RES1? MEAN //Returns the mean average power for the useful part of the GSM signal. //------------- Determining the CCDF values------------------- CALC:STAT:CCDF ON //Activates CCDF measurement. CALC:MARK2:Y:PERC 95PCT //Sets marker 2 to the 95% probability value.
  • Page 849 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Remote commands exclusive to time domain power measurements ........... 849 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AOFF ..........849 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage ..........850 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd ..........850 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary[:STATe] ........850 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe] ........851 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak[:STATe] ......... 851 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe] ........851 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation[:STATe] CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AOFF...
  • Page 850 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd <State> This command switches on or off the peak-hold function for the active power measure- ment in zero span in the window specified by the suffix <n>. If activated, the peak for each sweep is compared to the previously stored peak;...
  • Page 851 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak[:STATe] <State> This command turns the evaluation to determine the positive peak time domain power on and off. The R&S FSV/A performs the measurement on the trace marker 1 is positioned on. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 852 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements on page 747 INITiate<n>[:IMMediate] Chapter 14.5.1, "Performing Measurements", on page 745 14.5.9.3 Retrieving Measurement Results The following commands query the results for time domain measurements. Measuring the Mean Power .......
  • Page 853 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:RESult? This command queries the mean time domain power. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode.
  • Page 854 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements See also on page 746. INITiate<n>:CONTinuous Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Return values: <PeakPower> Peak power of the signal during the measurement time. Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:RESult? This command queries the positive peak time domain power. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 855 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:PHOLd:RESult? This command queries the maximum RMS of the time domain power. The query is only possible if the peak hold function has been activated previously using CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 856 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Return values: <StandardDeviation> Standard deviation of the signal during the measurement time. Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:PHOLd:RESult? This command queries the maximum standard deviation of the time domain power. The query is only possible if the peak hold function has been activated previously using CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd.
  • Page 857 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //-------------Configuring the Measurement----------------------- *RST //Resets the instrument INIT:CONT OFF //Turns on single sweep mode. FREQ:CENT 1.8GHz //Sets the center frequency to 1.8 GHz. BAND:RES 100kHz //Sets the bandwidth to 100 kHz. SWE:TIME 10ms //Sets the sweep time to 640 µs.

  • Page 858: Measuring The Harmonic Distortion

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 14.5.10 Measuring the Harmonic Distortion All remote control commands specific to harmonic distortion measurements are descri- bed here. ● Activating the Measurement..................858 ● Configuring the Measurement................858 ● Performing the Measurement................860 ●...
  • Page 859 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Remote commands exclusive to harmonic distortion measurements ....... 859 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:BANDwidth:AUTO ........859 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:NHARmonics ..........859 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:BANDwidth:AUTO <State> This command selects the resolution bandwidth of the harmonic in respect to the band- width of the first harmonic.
  • Page 860 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Manual operation: " Adjust Settings " on page 290 14.5.10.3 Performing the Measurement The following commands are required to perform a harmonic distortion measurement: on page 747, see Chapter 14.5.1, "Performing Mea- INITiate<n>[:IMMediate]...

  • Page 861: Measuring The Third Order Intercept Point

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Return values: <Harmonics> Returns one value for every harmonic. The first value is the absolute power of the first harmonic. The unit is variable. The other values are power levels relative to the first harmonic.
  • Page 862 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 14.5.11.1 Determining the TOI All remote control commands specific to TOI measurements are described here. Useful commands for TOI measurements described elsewhere ● on page 985 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X ● on page 1000 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X:RELative? ●...
  • Page 863 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult? This command queries the results for the third order intercept point measurement. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode.

  • Page 864: Measuring The Am Modulation Depth

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 14.5.12 Measuring the AM Modulation Depth All remote control commands specific to AM modulation depth measurements are described here. ● Configuring and Performing the Measurement............. 864 ● Example: Measuring the AM Modulation Depth............865 14.5.12.1 Configuring and Performing the Measurement...
  • Page 865 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:SEAR ONCE Executes the search of an AM modulated signal at the currently available trace. Manual operation: " Search Signals " on page 303 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult<t>? This command queries the results of the AM modulation depth measurement.. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.

  • Page 866: List Evaluations

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Queries the measurement results. //If the results are not accurate, change the position of the //the temporary markers manually. //----Changing the position of the temp markers----- CALC:MARK:X 100MHZ //Positions the reference marker on 100 MHz.
  • Page 867 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements output. However, it requires the control computer to wait for the response from the instrument. ● Instrument setup and querying of the result list at the end of the measurement: With this method, the control computer may be used for other activities while the measurement is being performed.
  • Page 868 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Note that using the command as a query initiates the measurement and returns the results if all frequencies have been measured. For more information on querying the results see [SENSe:]LIST:POWer:RESult?. Parameters: <Frequency>...
  • Page 869 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <PeakPower> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 Turns peak power evaluation on and off. *RST: <RMSPower> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 Turns RMS power evaluation on and off. *RST: <AVGPower>...

  • Page 870: Measuring The Pulse Power

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Freq Filter Meas Trigger [MHz] Level Attenu- Attenu- Time Level [dBm] ation ation [dB] [dB] 935.2 Normal 1 MHz 3 MHz 440 µs 935.4 Channel 30 kHz 100 kHz 440 µs 935.6 Channel...
  • Page 871 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements The figure below shows the relations between the available trigger settings. The measurement is always on trace 1, either with the peak detector to determine the peak power or the RMS detector to determine the RMS power. Overall, you can config- ure the measurement independent of the instrument setup with the commands listed below only, which results in faster measurements.
  • Page 872 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements To evaluate the pulse power, the R&S FSV/A uses the data captured during a previous measurement. The data recorded during the set measurement time is combined to a measured value for each pulse according to the detector specified and the indicated number of results is output as a list.
  • Page 873 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements This command may be used to obtain measurement results in an asynchronous way, using the service request mechanism for synchronization to the end of the measure- ment. If there are no results, the command returns an error. Return values: <PulsePower>...
  • Page 874 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <TriggerOffset> Defines the trigger delay. Range: 0 s to 30 s *RST: Default unit: s <Detector> Selects the detector and therefore the way the measurement is evaluated. MEAN Calculates the RMS pulse power.

  • Page 875: Configuring The Result Display

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring the Result Display -----Initiliazing the measurement and querying results simultaneously----- MPOW? 935.2MHZ,1MHZ,434us,VID,50,5us,MEAN,20 //Configures, initiates and queries the results of the measurement. //Result example: -105.225059509,-105.656074524,-105.423065186,-104.374649048,-103.059822083,-101.29511261, -99.96534729,-99.7452468872,-99.6610794067,-100.327224731,-100.96686554,-101.450386047, -102.150642395,-103.240142822,-105.95476532,-110.583129883,-115.7760849,-126.279388428, -124.620399475,-116.97366333 14.6 Configuring the Result Display The commands required to configure the screen display in a remote environment are described here.

  • Page 876: Working With Windows In The Display

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring the Result Display DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SIZE <Size> This command maximizes the size of the selected result display window temporarily. To change the size of several windows on the screen permanently, use the LAY:SPL command (see on page 879).
  • Page 877 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring the Result Display Query parameters: <WindowName> String containing the name of the existing window the new win- dow is inserted next to. By default, the name of a window is the same as its index. To determine the name and index of all active windows, use the query.
  • Page 878 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring the Result Display Return values: <WindowName> string Name of the window. In the default state, the name of the window is its index. <WindowIndex> numeric value Index of the window. Example: LAY:CAT? Result: '2',2,'1',1...
  • Page 879 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring the Result Display Example: LAY:MOVE '4','1',LEFT Moves the window named '4' to the left of window 1. Example: LAY:MOVE '1','3',REPL Replaces the window named '3' by window 1. Window 3 is deleted.
  • Page 880 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring the Result Display Figure 14-1: SmartGrid coordinates for remote control of the splitters Setting parameters: <Index1> The index of one window the splitter controls. <Index2> The index of a window on the other side of the splitter. <Position>...
  • Page 881 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring the Result Display LAYout:WINDow<n>:ADD? <Direction>,<WindowType> This command adds a measurement window to the display. Note that with this com- mand, the suffix <n> determines the existing window next to which the new window is added, as opposed to LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]?, for which the existing window is defined by a parameter.

  • Page 882: Examples: Configuring The Result Display

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring the Result Display LAYout:WINDow<n>:REMove This command removes the window specified by the suffix <n> from the display in the active channel. The result of this command is identical to the command. LAYout:REMove[:WINDow] Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 883 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring the Result Display //--------------Resetting the instrument ----------- *RST //--------------- Adding new windows -------------------- //Add a Spectrogram window beneath the Frequency Sweep window LAY:ADD? '1',BEL,SGR //Result: window number: '2' //Add a Marker Table window to the right of the Frequency Sweep window LAY:ADD? '1',RIGH,MTAB //Result: window number: '3' //Add a Marker Peak List window to the right of the Spectrogram window...
  • Page 884 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Configuring the Result Display 14.6.3.2 Example 2: Replacing and Removing Windows Starting from the display configured in Example 1: Adding and Arranging Windows, we will remove and replace result displays to obtain the following configuration: 1 Frequency Sweep 4 Marker Table //-------------- Preparing the configuration from example 1 -----------...

  • Page 885: Setting Basic Measurement Parameters

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters 14.7 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters All commands that set measurement-independent parameters are described here. ● Defining the Frequency and Span.................885 ● Configuring Bandwidth and Sweep Settings............891 ● Configuring the Vertical Axis (Amplitude, Scaling)..........
  • Page 886 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Manual operation: " Center Frequency = Marker Frequency " on page 442 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:CSTep This command matches the center frequency step size to the current marker fre- quency. The command turns delta markers into normal markers. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 887 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Example: FREQ:CENT 100 MHz FREQ:CENT:STEP 10 MHz FREQ:CENT UP Sets the center frequency to 110 MHz. Manual operation: " Center Frequency " on page 362 " Frequency " on page 396 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP <StepSize>...
  • Page 888 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Couples the step size to the resolution bandwidth. Available for measurements in the time domain. Decouples the step size. *RST: SPAN Example: //Couple step size to span FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN Manual operation: "...
  • Page 889 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Span> The minimum span for measurements in the frequency domain is 10 Hz. Range: 0 Hz to fmax *RST: Full span Default unit: Hz Manual operation: " Zero Span " on page 123 "...
  • Page 890 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters For more details see Chapter 8.3.1, "Impact of the Frequency and Span Settings", on page 358............890 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe] ..........890 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:BANDwidth ..........891 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold ............ 891 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:TRACe CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe] <State> This command turns signal tracking on and off.

  • Page 891: Configuring Bandwidth And Sweep Settings

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold <Level> This command defines the threshold level for the signal tracking process. Note that you have to turn on signal tracking before you can use the command. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 892 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters ....................893 [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo .................... 893 [SENSe:]BANDwidth:VIDeo ..................893 [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO ...................893 [SENSe:]BANDwidth:VIDeo:AUTO ..................894 [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio ................... 894 [SENSe:]BANDwidth:VIDeo:RATio ..................894 [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo:TYPE ................... 894 [SENSe:]BANDwidth:VIDeo:TYPE [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution] <Bandwidth> [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution] <Bandwidth> This command defines the resolution bandwidth and decouples the resolution band- width from the span.
  • Page 893 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Ratio> Range: 0.0001 to 1 *RST: 0.01 Example: BAND:RAT 0.1 Manual operation: " Span/RBW " on page 385 [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution]:TYPE <FilterType> [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:TYPE <FilterType> This command selects the resolution filter type. When you change the filter type, the command selects the next larger filter bandwidth if the same bandwidth is unavailable for that filter.
  • Page 894 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio <Ratio> [SENSe:]BANDwidth:VIDeo:RATio <Ratio> This command defines the coupling ratio of the video bandwidth to the resolution band- width (RBW/VBW). Parameters: <Ratio> Range: 0,001 to 1000 *RST: Example: BAND:VID:RAT 3 Sets the coupling of video bandwidth to video bandwidth = 3*resolution bandwidth...
  • Page 895 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters ....................897 [SENSe:]SWEep:TYPE ..................898 [SENSe:]SWEep:TYPE:USED .................. 898 [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution]:FFT ................898 [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:FFT [SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt <SweepCount> This command defines the number of sweeps that the application uses to average traces. In continuous sweep mode, the application calculates the moving average over the average count.
  • Page 896 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]SWEep:OPTimize <Mode> In FFT mode, several FFT analysis steps are required to cover the entire measurement span. The span which is covered by one FFT analysis step is called partial span. The partial span cannot be defined directly, but it can be optimized according to measure- ment requirements.
  • Page 897 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME <Time> This command defines the sweep time. It automatically decouples the time from any other settings. Parameters: <Time> refer to data sheet *RST: depends on current settings (determined automati- cally) Default unit: S Manual operation:...

  • Page 898: Configuring The Vertical Axis (Amplitude, Scaling)

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]SWEep:TYPE:USED This command queries the sweep type if you have turned on automatic selection of the sweep type. Return values: <Type> Normal sweep FFT mode [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution]:FFT <FilterMode> [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:FFT <FilterMode> Defines the filter mode to be used for FFT filters by defining the partial span size.
  • Page 899 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Useful commands for amplitude configuration described elsewhere: ● on page 921 [SENSe:]ADJust:LEVel Remote commands exclusive to amplitude configuration: ............899 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:REFerence ................... 899 CALCulate<n>:UNIT:POWer ......................899 UNIT<n>:POWer ............899 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel ...........
  • Page 900 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> irrelevant <t> irrelevant Parameters: <ReferenceLevel> The unit is variable. Range: see datasheet *RST: 0 dBm Default unit: DBM Example: DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV -60dBm Manual operation: " Reference Level " on page 370 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet <Offset>...
  • Page 901 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters ................901 INPut<ip>:ATTenuation:AUTO:MODE ......................902 INPut<ip>:EATT ....................902 INPut<ip>:EATT:AUTO ....................903 INPut<ip>:EATT:STATe INPut<ip>:ATTenuation <Attenuation> This command defines the total attenuation for RF input. If an electronic attenuator is available and active, the command defines a mechanical attenuation (see on page 903).
  • Page 902 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Suffix: <ip> 1 | 2 irrelevant Parameters: <OptMode> LNOise | LDIStortion LNOise Optimized for high sensitivity and low noise levels LDIStortion Optimized for low distortion by avoiding intermodulation *RST: LDIStortion Example:...
  • Page 903 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on *RST: Example: INP:EATT:AUTO OFF Manual operation: " Using Electronic Attenuation " on page 371 INPut<ip>:EATT:STATe <State> This command turns the electronic attenuator on and off. Suffix: <ip>...
  • Page 904 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Suffix: <ip> 1 | 2 irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 No data correction is performed based on the external preampli- fier ON | 1 Performs data corrections based on the external preamplifier...
  • Page 905 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Suffix: <ip> 1 | 2 irrelevant Parameters: <Gain> 15 dB | 30 dB The availability of gain levels depends on the model of the R&S FSV/A. For R&S FSV/A4, 7, 13, and 30 models: 15 dB and 30 dB R&S FSV/A44 or higher: 30 dB All other values are rounded to the nearest of these two.
  • Page 906 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <t> irrelevant Manual operation: " Auto Scale Once " on page 375 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE <arg0> This command selects the type of scaling of the y-axis (for all traces). When the display update during remote control is off, this command has no immediate effect.
  • Page 907 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition <Position> This command defines the vertical position of the reference level on the display grid (for all traces). The R&S FSV/A adjusts the scaling of the y-axis accordingly. For measurements with the optional external generator control, the command defines the position of the reference value.

  • Page 908: Configuring Triggered And Gated Measurements

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters 14.7.4 Configuring Triggered and Gated Measurements The commands required to configure a triggered or gated measurement in a remote environment are described here. The tasks for manual operation are described in Chapter 8.6, "Trigger and Gate Con- figuration", on page 391.
  • Page 909 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters A negative offset is possible for time domain measurements. For the trigger sources "External" or "IF Power", a common input signal is used for both trigger and gate. Therefore, changes to the gate delay will affect the trigger offset as well.
  • Page 910 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Manual operation: " Hysteresis " on page 399 TRIGger<tp>[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal<port>] <TriggerLevel> This command defines the level the external signal must exceed to cause a trigger event. Note that the variable "Input/Output" connectors (ports 2+3) must be set for use as input using the command.
  • Page 911 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Note that any RF attenuation or preamplification is considered when the trigger level is analyzed. If defined, a reference level offset is also considered. Parameters: <TriggerLevel> Range: -130 dBm to 30 dBm *RST: -20 dBm Default unit: DBM...
  • Page 912 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters If a measurement is configured to wait for an external trigger signal in a remote control program, remote control is blocked until the trigger is received and the program can continue.
  • Page 913 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Interval> 2.0 ms to 5000 Range: 2 ms to 5000 s *RST: 1.0 s Default unit: S Example: TRIG:SOUR TIME Selects the time trigger input for triggering. TRIG:TIME:RINT 50 The sweep starts every 50 s.
  • Page 914 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Example: SWE:EGAT ON Switches on the gate mode. SWE:EGAT:TYPE EDGE Switches on the edge-triggered mode. SWE:EGAT:HOLD 100US Sets the gate delay to 100 µs. SWE:EGAT:LEN 500US Sets the gate opening time to 500 µs. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end.
  • Page 915 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on *RST: Example: SWE:EGAT ON Activate gating SWE:EGAT:CONT:STAT ON Activate continuous gating Manual operation: "Continuous Gate" on page 407 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff <DelayTime> This command defines the delay time between the gate signal and the continuation of the measurement.
  • Page 916 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Manual operation: " Slope " on page 400 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce <Source> This command selects the signal source for gated measurements. If an IF power signal is used, the gate is opened as soon as a signal at > -20 dBm is detected within the IF path bandwidth (10 MHz).
  • Page 917 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters ................917 OUTPut<up>:TRIGger<tp>:DIRection ..................917 OUTPut<up>:TRIGger<tp>:LEVel ..................918 OUTPut<up>:TRIGger<tp>:OTYPe ................918 OUTPut:TRIGger<tp>:PULSe:IMMediate ................918 OUTPut:TRIGger<tp>:PULSe:LENGth OUTPut<up>:TRIGger<tp>:DIRection <Direction> This command selects the trigger direction for trigger ports that serve as an input as well as an output.
  • Page 918 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters OUTPut<up>:TRIGger<tp>:OTYPe <OutputType> This command selects the type of signal generated at the trigger output. Suffix: <up> 1..n <tp> Selects the trigger port to which the output is sent. 2 = trigger port 2 (front) 3 = trigger port 3 (rear) 2 = Trigger 2 Input / Output...

  • Page 919: Adjusting Settings Automatically

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Example: OUTP:TRIG2:PULS:LENG 0.02 Manual operation: " Pulse Length " on page 357 14.7.5 Adjusting Settings Automatically The commands required to adjust settings automatically in a remote environment are described here.
  • Page 920 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:DURation:MODE <Mode> In order to determine the ideal reference level, the R&S FSV/A performs a measure- ment on the current input data. This command selects the way the R&S FSV/A deter- mines the length of the measurement .

  • Page 921: Configuring The Data Input And Output

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters "Adjusting settings automatically during triggered measurements" on page 409. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on [SENSe:]ADJust:FREQuency This command sets the center frequency to the frequency with the highest signal level...
  • Page 922 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters .....................923 INPut<ip>:IMPedance ..................924 INPut<ip>:IMPedance:PTYPe ......................924 INPut<ip>:SELect CALibration:PADJust[:STATe] Activates or deactivates the preselector adjustment. This command is only available for instrument modelsR&S FSV/A43/50/67, for fre- quency sweeps in the Spectrum application. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 923 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters *RST: INP:COUP DC Example: Manual operation: " Input Coupling " on page 312 INPut<ip>:DPATh <State> Enables or disables the use of the direct path for frequencies close to 0 Hz. Suffix: <ip>...
  • Page 924 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Impedance> 50 | 75 numeric value User-defined impedance from 50 Ohm to 100000000 Ohm (=100 MOhm) User-defined values are only available for the Spectrum applica- tion, the I/Q Analyzer, and some optional applications. *RST: 50 Ω...
  • Page 925 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Manual operation: " Radio Frequency State " on page 312 14.7.6.2 Setting up Probes Modular probes can be connected to the RF input connector of the R&S FSV/A. For details see Chapter 8.2.1.1, "Using Probes",...
  • Page 926 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Serial Number" on page 315 [SENSe:]PROBe<pb>:SETup:ATTRatio <AttenuationRatio> Defines the attenuation applied to the input at the probe. This setting is only available for modular probes. Suffix: <pb>...
  • Page 927 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters If the probe is disconnected, the DM-mode offset of the probe is reset to 0.0 V. Note that if the offset for DM-mode or CM-mode is changed, the offsets for the P-mode and N-mode are adapted accordingly, and vice versa.
  • Page 928 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]PROBe<pb>:SETup:NMOFfset <NMOffset> Sets the N-mode offset. The setting is only available if a modular probe in N-mode is connected to the R&S FSV/A. The maximum voltage difference between the positive and negative input terminals is 16 V.
  • Page 929 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Mode" on page 315 [SENSe:]PROBe<pb>:SETup:PMOFfset <PMOffset> Sets the P-mode offset. The setting is only available if a modular probe in P-mode is connected to the R&S FSV/A. The maximum voltage difference between the positive and negative input terminals is 16 V.
  • Page 930 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Suffix: <pb> 1..n Selects the connector: 3 = RF Return values: <Type> String containing one of the following values: –"None" (no probe detected) –"active differential" –"active single-ended" –"active modular" Example: //Query probe type PROB3:SET:TYPE?
  • Page 931 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters <gen> Parameters: <Frequency> Source frequency of the external generator. *RST: 1100050000 Default unit: HZ Example: //Define frequency of the generator SOUR:EXT:FREQ 10MHz Manual operation: "(Manual) Source Frequency" on page 340 SOURce<si>:EXTernal<gen>:FREQuency:COUPling[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 932 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters <gen> Parameters: <Value> <numeric value> *RST: Example: //Define multiplication factor of 4/3; the transmit frequency of the generator is 4/3 times the analyzer frequency SOUR:EXT:FREQ:NUM 4 SOUR:EXT:FREQ:DEN 3 Manual operation: "(Automatic) Source Frequency (Numerator/Denominator/ Offset)"...
  • Page 933 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Suffix: <si> irrelevant <gen> Parameters: <Offset> <numeric value>, specified in Hz, kHz, MHz or GHz, rounded to the nearest Hz *RST: 0 Hz Default unit: HZ Example: //Define an offset between generator output frequency and ana- lyzer frequency SOUR:EXT:FREQ:OFFS 10HZ Manual operation:...
  • Page 934 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters SOURce<si>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet <Offset> This command defines a level offset for the external generator level. Thus, for exam- ple, attenuators or amplifiers at the output of the external generator can be taken into account for the setting.
  • Page 935 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RDEVice:GENerator<gen>:ADDRess <Number> Changes the IEC/IEEE-bus address of the external generator. Suffix: <gen> 1..n Parameters: <Number> Range: 0 to 30 *RST: Example: SYST:COMM:GPIB:RDEV:GEN:ADDR 15 Manual operation: " GPIB Address / TCPIP Address / Computer Name " on page 337 SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:GENerator<gen>:INTerface <Type>...
  • Page 936 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters GPIB connection with TTL synchronization (if available; for most Rohde&Schwarz devices) *RST: GPIB Example: SYST:COMM:RDEV:GEN:LINK TTL Selects GPIB + TTL interface for generator operation. Manual operation: " TTL Handshake " on page 337 SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:GENerator<gen>:TYPE <Type>...
  • Page 937 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Remote commands exclusive to source calibration: ......937 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue ................ 937 [SENSe:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] ..................938 [SENSe:]CORRection:METHod ..................938 [SENSe:]CORRection:RECall ..................938 [SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe] ..............939 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:GENerate DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue <Value> This command defines the reference value assigned to the reference position in the specified window.
  • Page 938 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Example: INIT:CONT OFF Selects single sweep operation CORR:METH TRAN Selects a transmission measurement. CORR:COLL THR;*WAI Starts the measurement of reference data using direct connec- tion between generator and device input and waits for the sweep end.
  • Page 939 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CORR ON Activates normalization. Manual operation: " Source Calibration Normalize " on page 342 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:GENerate <Name>...
  • Page 940 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters //Activate the use of TTL synchronization to optimize measurement speed SYST:COMM:RDEV:GEN:LINK TTL //Activate the use of the external reference frequency at 10 MHz on the generator SOUR:EXT:ROSC EXT //--------------Configuring the calibration measurement ----------- //Activate external generator control.
  • Page 941 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters //Should be 0 for all sweep points directly after calibration SENS:CORR:STAT ON TRAC:DATA? TRACE1 //--------------Changing the display of the calibration results ----------- //Shift the reference line so the -5 dB level is displayed in the center DISP:TRAC:Y:SCAL:RVAL -5DB DISP:TRAC:Y:SCAL:RPOS 50PCT 14.7.6.4...
  • Page 942 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Example: SYST:COMM:RDEV:PMET:COUN? Usage: Query only Manual operation: " Select " on page 319 SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:PMETer<p>:DEFine <Placeholder>, <Type>, <Interface>, <SerialNo> This command assigns the power sensor with the specified serial number to the selected power sensor index (configuration).
  • Page 943 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters ..............947 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:MTIMe:AVERage[:STATe] ................947 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:ROFFset[:STATe] ..................947 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>[:STATe] ................948 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:UPDate[:STATe] ..................948 UNIT<n>:PMETer<p>:POWer ................949 UNIT<n>:PMETer<p>:POWer:RATio CALibration:PMETer<p>:ZERO:AUTO ONCE This command zeroes the power sensor. Note that you have to disconnect the signals from the power sensor input before you start to zero the power sensor.
  • Page 944 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Example: CALC:PMET2:REL:AUTO ONCE Takes the current measurement value as reference value for rel- ative measurements for power sensor 2. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Setting the Reference Level from the Measurement Meas - >...
  • Page 945 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: PMET2:DCYC:STAT ON Manual operation:...
  • Page 946 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:FREQuency:LINK <Coupling> This command selects the frequency coupling for power sensor measurements. Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <Coupling> CENTer Couples the frequency to the center frequency of the analyzer MARKer1 Couples the frequency to the position of marker 1 Switches the frequency coupling off...
  • Page 947 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Example: PMET2:MTIM:AVER ON Activates manual averaging. PMET2:MTIM:AVER:COUN 8 Sets the number of readings to 8. Manual operation: " Average Count ( Number of Readings )" on page 321 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:MTIMe:AVERage[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 948 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: PMET1 ON Switches the power sensor measurements on.
  • Page 949 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters UNIT<n>:PMETer<p>:POWer:RATio <Unit> This command selects the unit for relative power sensor measurements. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <Unit> DB | PCT *RST: Example: UNIT:PMET:POW:RAT DB Manual operation: "...
  • Page 950 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Holdoff> Time period that has to pass between the trigger event and the start of the measurement, in case another trigger event occurs. Range: 0 s to 1 s Increment: 100 ns *RST: Default unit: S...
  • Page 951 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:TRIGger:SLOPe <Edge> This command selects the trigger condition for external power triggers. Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <Edge> POSitive The measurement starts in case the trigger signal shows a posi- tive edge.
  • Page 952 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters ..................953 OUTPut<up>:UPORt[:VALue] ..................... 953 OUTPut<up>:VIDeo:STATe ....................954 SYSTem:SPEaker[:STATe] ..................954 SYSTem:SPEaker:MAXVolume ....................954 SYSTem:SPEaker:MUTE .................... 955 SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume DIAGnostic:SERVice:NSOurce <State> This command turns the 28 V supply of the BNC connector labeled [noise source control] on the R&S FSV/A on and off.
  • Page 953 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Example: OUTP:IF:STAT ON Manual operation: "IF Output State" on page 353 OUTPut<up>:UPORt:STATe <State> This command toggles the control lines of the user ports for the AUX PORT connector. This 9-pole SUB-D male connector is located on the rear panel of the R&S FSV/A.
  • Page 954 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Setting Basic Measurement Parameters Suffix: <up> 1..n Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on *RST: Example: OUTP:VID:STAT ON Manual operation: "Video Output State"...

  • Page 955: Analyzing Measurements (Basics)

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Example: SYST:SPE:MUTE Manual operation: "Audio Output Volume" on page 355 SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume <Volume> This command defines the volume of the built-in loudspeaker for demodulated signals. This setting is maintained for all applications. The command is available in the time domain in Spectrum mode and in Analog Demodulation mode.
  • Page 956 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) 1 = origin of coordinate system (x1 = 0, y1 = 0) 2 = end point of system (x2 = 100, y2= 100) 3 = zoom area (e.g. x1 = 60, y1 = 30, x2 = 80, y2 = 75) Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 957 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Suffix: <n> Window <w> subwindow Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: DISP:ZOOM ON Activates the zoom mode.
  • Page 958 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Parameters: <x1> Diagram coordinates in % of the complete diagram that define the zoom area. The lower left corner is the origin of coordinate system. The upper right corner is the end point of the system. Range: 0 to 100 Default unit: PCT...

  • Page 959: Configuring The Trace Display And Retrieving Trace Data

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) 14.8.2 Configuring the Trace Display and Retrieving Trace Data The commands required to work with traces are described here. Commands required to export traces (and other result data) are described in Chap- ter 14.9.5, "Storing Measurement Results",...
  • Page 960 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) <t> Trace Parameters: <Mode> WRITe Overwrite mode: the trace is overwritten by each sweep. This is the default setting. AVERage The average is formed over several sweeps. The "Sweep/Aver- age Count"...
  • Page 961 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) <t> Trace Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: DISP:WIND:TRAC3:MODE:HCON ON Switches off the reset function. Manual operation: "...
  • Page 962 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) <w> subwindow <t> Trace Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: DISP:TRAC3 ON Manual operation: "...
  • Page 963 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) <t> Trace Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: DISP3:TRAC2:SMO ON Turns on trace smoothing for trace 2 in window 3 Manual operation: "...
  • Page 964 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Suffix: <n> 1..n Window Parameters: <Mode> VIDeo The logarithmic power values are averaged. LINear The power values are averaged before they are converted to logarithmic values. POWer The power level values are converted into unit Watt prior to averaging.
  • Page 965 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) TRACe<n>:COPY <TraceNumber>, <TraceNumber> This command copies data from one trace to another. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <TraceNumber> TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6 The first parameter is the destination trace, the second parame- ter is the source.
  • Page 966 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) ..................968 CALCulate<n>:SGRam[:STATe] ................968 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram[:STATe] ..............968 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:THReedim[:STATe] ..............968 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:THReedim[:STATe] ..................969 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:TRACe ................969 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:TRACe ................969 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:TSTamp:DATA? ..............969 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:TSTamp:DATA? ................970 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:TSTamp[:STATe] ..............970 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:TSTamp[:STATe] CALCulate<n>:SGRam:CLEar[:IMMediate] CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:CLEar[:IMMediate] This command resets the spectrogram and clears the history buffer. Example: CALC:SGR:CLE Resets the result display and clears the memory.
  • Page 967 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) CALCulate<n>:SGRam:FRAMe:COUNt <Frames> CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:COUNt <Frames> This command defines the number of frames to be recorded in a single sweep. This value applies to all spectrograms in the channel. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <Frames>...
  • Page 968 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Parameters: <History> The maximum number of frames depends on the number of sweep points. Range: 781 to 20000 Increment: 1 *RST: 3000 Example: CALC:SGR:SPEC 1500 Sets the history depth to 1500. Manual operation: "...
  • Page 969 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on *RST: Example: CALC:SPEC:THR:STAT ON Manual operation: "3D Spectrogram State" on page 508 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:TRACe <Trace> CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:TRACe <Trace> Selects the spectrum diagram trace on which the spectrogram is based.
  • Page 970 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Example: CALC:SGR:TST ON Activates the time stamp. CALC:SGR:TST:DATA? ALL Returns the starting times of all frames sorted in a descending order. Usage: Query only Manual operation: " Time Stamp " on page 509 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:TSTamp[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 971 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Suffix: <n> Window Manual operation: " Set to Default " on page 512 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SGRam:COLor:LOWer <Percentage> DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor:LOWer <Percentage> This command defines the starting point of the color map. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <Percentage>...
  • Page 972 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Example: DISP:WIND:SGR:COL:UPP 95 Sets the start of the color map to 95%. Manual operation: " Start / Stop " on page 511 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SGRam:COLor[:STYLe] <ColorScheme> DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor[:STYLe] <ColorScheme> This command selects the color scheme. Parameters: <ColorScheme>...
  • Page 973 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) (TRACE1-TRACE3) Subtracts trace 3 from trace 1. (TRACE1-TRACE4) Subtracts trace 4 from trace 1. (TRACE1-TRACE5) Subtracts trace 5 from trace 1. (TRACE1-TRACE6) Subtracts trace 6 from trace 1. Example: CALC:MATH:STAT ON Turns trace mathematics on.
  • Page 974 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Parameters: <Position> Vertical position of the trace in % of the height of the diagram area. 100 PCT corresponds to the upper diagram border. Range: -100 to 200 *RST: Default unit: PCT Example: CALC:MATH:POS 100...
  • Page 975 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) FORMat[:DATA] <Format>[, <BitLength>] This command selects the data format that is used for transmission of trace data from the R&S FSV/A to the controlling computer. Note that the command has no effect for data that you send to the R&S FSV/A. The R&S FSV/A automatically recognizes the data it receives, regardless of the format.
  • Page 976 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Manual operation: " List Evaluation State (Result Summary)" on page 237 " List Evaluation State " on page 260 " Diagram " on page 413 Table 14-6: Return values for SPECtrogram parameter For every frame in the spectrogram, the command returns the power levels that have been measured, one for each sweep point.
  • Page 977 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Return values: <X-Values> Example: TRAC3:X? TRACE1 Returns the x-values for trace 1 in window 3. Usage: Query only 14.8.2.5 Formats for Returned Values: ASCII Format and Binary Format When trace data is retrieved using the TRAC:DATA or TRAC:IQ:DATA command, the data is returned in the format defined using the on page 975.
  • Page 978 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Example: FORM:DEXP:FORM CSV Manual operation: " File Type " on page 523 FORMat:DEXPort:TRACes <Selection> This command selects the data to be included in a data export file (see MMEMory: on page 979).
  • Page 979 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) MMEMory:LOAD<n>:TRACe <Trace>, <FileName> This command imports trace data from the specified window to an ASCII file. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <Trace> Number of the trace to be stored (This parameter is ignored for FORMat:DIMPort:TRACes on page 978ALL).
  • Page 980 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Basic trace settings are demonstrated in the Chapter 14.15.1, "Programming Example: Performing a Basic Frequency Sweep", on page 1199. //-----------Preparing the Measurement ------------ *RST //Resets the instrument LAY:ADD? '1',BEL,SGR //Displays a new window below window 1 and activates spectrogram display.
  • Page 981 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) //Sets marker 1 to the frame 1 second after measurement begin. (Note the //negative value! CALC:MARK1:MIN //Sets marker 1 to the minimum level in this frame. CALC:MARK1:SGR:Y:MIN //Sets marker 1 to the minimum level for the same frequency the marker is //currently positioned at in all frames.

  • Page 982: Working With Markers

    ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) CALC:SGR:FRAM:SEL -1 //Selects the frame that was captured 1 second after measurement start (Note the //negative value!). This frame is displayed in the Spectrum window. TRAC:DATA? SGR //Retrieves the trace data for the spectrogram. For each frame, the power level //and frequency at each sweep point are returned.
  • Page 983 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) ................987 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe] ................987 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:TRACe ..................987 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:AOFF This command turns off all delta markers. Suffix: <n> Window <m> irrelevant Example: CALC:DELT:AOFF Turns off all delta markers. CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:LINK <State> This command links delta marker <m>...
  • Page 984 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) <md> destination marker, see Marker Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:DELT4:LINK:TO:MARK2 ON Links the delta marker 4 to the marker 2.
  • Page 985 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>[:STATe] <State> This command turns delta markers on and off. If necessary, the command activates the delta marker first. No suffix at DELTamarker turns on delta marker 1. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 986 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) <m> Marker Parameters: <Position> Numeric value that defines the marker position on the x-axis. The position is relative to the reference marker. To select an absolute position you have to change the delta marker mode with CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MODE on page 984.
  • Page 987 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Example: CALC:MARK4:LINK:TO:MARK2 ON Links marker 4 to marker 2. Manual operation: " Linking to Another Marker " on page 431 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe] <State> This command turns markers on and off. If the corresponding marker number is cur- rently active as a delta marker, it is turned into a normal marker.
  • Page 988 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) If the marker has been used as a delta marker, the command turns it into a normal marker. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <Position> Numeric value that defines the marker position on the x-axis. The unit depends on the result display.
  • Page 989 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:MINFo[:STATe] <DisplayMode> This command turns the marker information in all diagrams on and off. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <DisplayMode> ON | 1 Displays the marker information in the diagrams. OFF | 0 Hides the marker information in the diagrams.
  • Page 990 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:LOEXclude <State> This command turns the suppression of the local oscillator during automatic marker positioning on and off (for all markers in all windows). Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m> irrelevant Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 991 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON Switches on search limitation. Manual operation: " Search Limits ( Left / Right )" on page 203 " Deactivating All Search Limits " on page 204 "...
  • Page 992 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Parameters: <Limit> The value range depends on the frequency range or sweep time. The unit is Hz for frequency domain measurements and s for time domain measurements. *RST: right diagram border Default unit: HZ Example: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON...
  • Page 993 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Example: CALC:THR -82DBM Sets the threshold value to -82 dBm. Manual operation: " Search Threshold " on page 437 CALCulate<n>:THReshold:STATe <State> This command turns a threshold for the marker peak search on and off (for all markers in all windows).
  • Page 994 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) <m> Marker Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:MARK:MAX:AUTO ON Activates the automatic peak search function for marker 1 at the end of each particular sweep.
  • Page 995 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Manual operation: " Peak Search " on page 441 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum:RIGHt This command moves a marker to the next lower peak. The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker posi- tion.
  • Page 996 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the minimum level in the currently selected frame. The vertical marker position remains the same. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Manual operation: "...
  • Page 997 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) Positioning Delta Markers The following commands position delta markers on the trace............997 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:LEFT ............997 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:NEXT ............997 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum[:PEAK] ............998 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:RIGHt ............998 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MINimum:LEFT ............998 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MINimum:NEXT ............998 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MINimum[:PEAK] ............
  • Page 998 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) <m> Marker Manual operation: " Peak Search " on page 441 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:RIGHt This command moves a delta marker to the next higher value. The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker posi- tion.
  • Page 999 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the minimum level in the currently selected frame. The vertical marker position remains the same. If the marker is not yet active, the command first activates the marker. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 1000 ® ® Remote Commands R&S FSVA3000/ R&S FSV3000 Analyzing Measurements (Basics) ● on page 1020 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:RESult? ● on page 1025 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult? ● on page 1024 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:FREQuency? ● on page 1025 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:QFACtor? ● on page 1028 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt:FREQuency? Remote commands exclusive to retrieving marker results ...............

This manual is also suitable for:

Fsv3000 seriesFsv3030Fsv3044Fsv3004Fsva3004Fsva3007 ... Show all

Table of Contents

Save PDF